SlideShare a Scribd company logo
K to 12 Basic Education Curriculum
Technology and Livelihood Education
Learning Module
MASONRY
EXPLORATORY COURSE
Grade 7 and Grade 8
Republic of the Philippines
DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 1
TABLE OF CONTENTS
What Is This Module About?.......................................................................................... 2
How Do You Use This Module …………………………………………………3
LESSON 1 – Prepare Construction Materials and Tools …………………...4 - 27
LESSON 2 - Practice Housekeeping Procedures ………………………… 28 – 62
LESSON 3 – Observe Procedures, Specifications and Manuals of Instruction …..63 - 78
LESSON 4 - Perform Mensurations and Calculations ……………………..79 - 97
LESSON 5 - Maintain Tools and Equipment …………………………...98 - 135
Answer Keys ……………………………………………………………136 - 141
Acknowledgment ……………………………………………………………...142
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 2
Welcome to the world of Masonry!
This Module is an exploratory course which leads you to Masonry National
Certificate Level II ( NC II)1
. It covers five common competencies that a Grade 7 / Grade 8
Technology and Livelihood Education (TLE) student like you ought to possess, namely:
1). Prepare construction materials and tools;
2). Practice housekeeping procedures;
3). Observe procedures, specifications and manuals of instructions;
4). Perform mensuration and calculations; and
5). Maintain tools and equipment.
These 5 common competencies are covered separately in 5 Lessons. As shown below, each
Lesson is directed to the attainment of one or two learning outcomes:
Lesson 1 – Prepare Construction Materials and Tools
LO1. Identify materials and tools applicable to a specific construction job
LO2. Request appropriate materials and tools
LO3. Receive and inspect materials
Lesson 2 – Practice Housekeeping Procedures
LO1. Maintain work areas, tools and equipment
LO2.Follow standard work processes and procedures
Lesson 3 – Observe Procedures, Specifications and Manuals of Instructions
LO1.Identify access, and interpret specification /manual
LO2. Apply information from the manual
LO3. Store the manual
Lesson 4 – Perform Mensurations And Calculations:
LO1. Carry out measurement and calculations
LO2. Select measuring instruments
Lesson 5 – Maintain Tools and Equipment
LO1. Check conditions of tools and equipment
LO2. Perform basic preventive maintenance
LO3. Store tools and equipment learning outcomes
Your success in this exploratory course on Masonry is shown in your ability to perform the
performance standards found in each lesson.
1NATIONAL CERTIFICATE (NC) is a certification issued to individuals who achieved all the required units of competency for a national
qualification as defined under the Training Regulations. NCs are aligned to specific levels within the PTQF. (TESDA Board Resolution
No. 2004-13, Training Regulations Framework)
NATIONAL CERTIFICATE LEVEL refers to the four (4) qualification levels defined in the Philippine TVET Qualifications Framework
(PTQF) where the worker with:
a. NC I performs a routine and predictable tasks; has little judgment; and, works under supervision;
b. NC II performs prescribed range of functions involving known routines and procedures; has limited choice and complexity of
functions, and has little accountability;
What Is This Module About?
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 3
This module has five Lessons. Each Lesson has the following parts:
 Learning Outcomes
 Performance Standards
 Materials
 References
 Definition of Terms
 What Do You Already Know?
 What Do You Need to Know?
 How Much Have You Learned?
 How Do You Apply What You Learned?
 How Well Did You Perform?
 How Do You Extend Your Learning?
To get the most from this module, you need to do the following:
 Read the Learning Outcome/s and Performance Standards. These tell you what you
should know and be able to do at the end of this module.
 Find out what you already know by taking the pretest then check your answer against
the answer key. If you get 99 to 100% of the items correctly, you may proceed to the
next Lesson. This means that you need not go through the lesson because you
already know what it is about. If you failed to get 99 to 100% correctly, go through the
lesson again and review especially those items which you failed to get.
 Do the required learning activities. They begin with one or more information sheets.
An information sheet contains important notes or basic information that you need to
know.
After reading the information sheet, test yourself on how much you learned by
means of the self-check. Refer to the answer key for correction. Do not hesitate to
go back to the information sheet when you do not get all test items correctly. This
will ensure your mastery of basic information.
 Demonstrate what you learned by doing what the activity/operation/Job sheet directs
you to do.
 Apply what you have learned in another activity or in a real life situation.
 Accomplish the scoring rubrics for you to know how well you performed.
Each Lesson also provides you with references and definition of key terms for your guide. They can
be of great help. Use them fully.
How Do You Use This Module?
If you have questions, ask your teacher for assistance.
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 4
.
Prepare construction materials and tools
LESSON 1
LO1. identify materials and tools applicable to a specific
construction job;
LO2. request appropriate materials and tools; and
LO3. receive and inspect materials.
LEARNING OUTCOMES:
At the end of this Lesson you are expected to
be able to do the following:
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 5
Ashlar – a quarry cut to produce smooth, flat bedding surface that stack easily
Block – short term for concrete hollow block; it consists of an outside shell with a hollow
center that is divided into two or three vertical webs
Brick – made of clay and other materials processed into workable consistency, molded to
sizes, and fired in a kiln for stronger and more attractive product
Control measures – a set of procedures, guidelines or standards used to regulate or
systematize performance of shop tasks or jobs according to certain standards
Course ashlar – a stone arrangement which has a formal appearance
Course rubble – stone arrangement which has a neater appearance than random rubble
but more difficult to construct and requires a large selection of stones
Electronic method – type of requesting for supplies, tools, and equipment through the use
of computer unit instead of the usual paper request slip
Finishing tools – tools used for smoothening, roughening, plastering, and finishing surfaces
with mortar or plaster
Masonry – building of a structure using component parts laid in and bound together by
mortar
Material handling – the movement, storage, control and protection of materials, goods and
products throughout the process of manufacturing, distribution, consumption, and disposal
Material management – scientific method of ensuring that all items including tools and
equipment are released and utilized properly according to the requirement and shop
guidelines
Mortar – workable paste used to bind construction blocks together and fill gaps between
stocks
Quality inspection – formal evaluation technique to ensure that deliveries are in
accordance with the specifications, quantity, and functionality or workability
Random ashlar – arrangement of stones wherein various sizes are used to make courses
that are not continuous for the whole length of the wall
Random rubble – stone that is usually dry – laid but can also be mortared
Roughing up tools – those tools necessary in the process of preparing, arranging, forming,
laying and shaping of bricks, stones and masonry blocks
Rubble – stone that is irregular in size, shape, and texture
Definition of Terms
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 6
Directions: Choose the letter of the best answer. Write the answer on your answer sheet.
1. Which is the structural construction of component parts laid in and bound together by
a material called mortar?
A. Building Construction C. CHB
B. Masonry D. Stone
2. Which of the following is masonry material?
A. brick C. glass block
B. granite D. all of the above
3. Which requires that quality of masonry materials should be of general standards?
A. Association of Phil. Architectures C. 2003 International Building Code
B. Association of Phil. Engineers D. 2003 International Baptist Code
4. What material reinforces the structure of masonry materials?
A. mortar C. steel
B. cement D. CHB
5. Which has a formal appearance of bond pattern?
A. rubble stone C. random ashlar
B. combination ashlar D. none of the above
6. What does CHB stand for?
A. cement, hall, block C. concrete hollow block
B. code, housing, building D. none of the above
What Do You Already Know?
Identify materials and tools applicable to a specific
construction job
LEARNING OUTCOME 1
Let us determine how much you already know about Identifying materials and
tools applicable to a specific construction job. Take this test.
Pretest LO 1
 Materials and tools are received and inspected as per quantity and specification
based on requisition
 Tools and materials are checked for damages and manufacturing defect
 Materials and tools received are handled with appropriate safety device
 Materials and tools are set aside for appropriate location nearest the workplace
PERFORMANCE STANDARDS
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 7
7. How many classifications of masonry tools are there?
A. 3 C. 5
B. 4 D. none of the above
8. Which is NOT a roughing up tool?
A. Crandall C. patent hammer
B. cold chisel D. claw hammer
9. Which is NOT a finishing tool?
A. bull float C. devil floating
B. carpet float D. none of the above
10. Which is NOT part of the group?
A. Brick trowel C. edger
B. Buttering trowel D. none of the above
Have you seen walls of beautiful buildings and monuments? How are they made
attractive and structurally durable? Those are just some works in masonry. Masonry can be
defined in so many ways depending on uses or purposes. Therefore, let‟s define it on the
structural context according to the purpose of this module.
Masonry is the structural construction of component parts laid in and bound together by
a material called mortar. These individual materials which are introduced in any structure for
various purposes and patterns may be tile, brick, granite, limestone, glass and concrete
block, stucco, marble, stone, and travertine. The production of masonry units should
generally conform to the requirements in the 2003 International Building Code (IBC) Section
2103. Aside from mortar, assembling these units can be reinforced appropriately by steel
(rebar) that offers much strength to structures.
Stone Types and Varieties of Bond Pattern
Masonry stones are in various forms and set in different patterns depending on
certain considerations. Such stones chosen for various purposes have several varieties:
1. Ashlar is a quarry cut to produce smooth, flat bedding surface that stack easily. It is
generally cut into small rectangles with sawed or dressed face.
What Do You Need To Know?
Read Information Sheet 1.1 very well then find out how much you can
remember and how much you learned by doing Self-check 1.1.
Information Sheet 1.1
MASONRY AND MATERIALS
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 8
2. Random ashlar is an arrangement of stones where in various sizes are used to
make courses that are not continuous for the whole length of the wall. However,
course ashlar has a formal appearance.
3. Rubble is a stone that is irregular in size, shape and texture. Field stone is one type
of rubble. Random rubble is usually dry–laid but can also be mortared. Course
rubble has a neater appearance than random rubble but more difficult to construct
and requires a large selection of stones.
Random Rubble Course Ashlar
Random Ashlar Coursed Rubble
Combination Ashlar Mosaic Rubble
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 9
BRICKS. There are three clasifications of bricks
1. Common Bricks are made from clay and sold at the market.
2. Face Bricks are used for exterior and interior walls and other architectural
structures.
3. Calcium Silicate Bricks are made with alumina and silica and are used for furnaces
and other structures that require higher temperature up to 178 o
C.
Brick Laying and Patterns
Bricks are laid in horizontal or vertical layer with a string or nylon chord as guide. The
vertical layer of bricks is guided by a plumb line wherein the mortar having a thickness of 3
to 10 mm. is placed between layers.
Running English
Common Dutch
Garden Wall Flemish
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 10
BLOCKS. There are many types of blocks which are most widely used as masonry
materials.
1. The CHB (sometimes called
as concrete hollow block) is
used for all the types of
construction walls, partitions,
dividers, fences, etc.
Generally, a block consists
of an outside shell with a
hollow center that is divided
by two or three vertical
webs. The end unit may
have flanges that accept
mortar and join with the
other adjacent blocks
(except blocks intended for
corners and the end of
walls).
Appropriate tools are adopted in masonry to suit the kind of work involved. It also
includes some carpenter tools such as the measuring tools, testing tools, and fastening
tools. They are classified into two categories.
1. Roughing up Tools
2. Surface finishing tools
Roughing up tools are those tools necessary in the process of preparing, arranging,
forming, laying, and shaping of bricks, stones, and masonry blocks. Tools of this type of
work are mostly striking tools such as:
1. Masons axe or hammer 6. Cold chisel
2. Patent hammer 7. Star drill
3. Brick hammer 8. Bolster
4. Crandall 9. Wrecking baron
5. Cross pen hammer
MASONRY TOOLS
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 11
Surface Finishing Tools Classifications
1. Float 2. Trowels
Floats Classification
1. Common Float 4. Devil or Nail Floating
2. Bull Float 5. Angle Floating
3. Carpet Float
Different Kinds of Trowel
1. Ordinary Trowel
2. Pointing Trowel
3. Brick Trowel
4. Buttering Trowel
5. Edger
6. Margin Trowel
Directions: This part checks your prior leaning on the topics covered in this module. You
will simply encircle the best answer from the choices given
1. Which is the structural construction of component parts laid in and bound together by
a material called mortar?
A. Building Construction C. CHB
B. Masonry D. Stone
2. Which is a masonry material?
A. brick C. glass block
B. granite D. all of the above
3. Which requires that quality of masonry materials should be of general standards?
A. Association of Phil. Architectures C. 2003 International Building Code
B. Association of Phil. Engineers D. 2003 International Baptist Code
How Much Have You Learned?
Self-Check 1.1
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 12
4. What material reinforces the structure of masonry materials?
A. mortar C. steel
B. cement D. CHB
5. Which has a formal appearance of bond pattern?
A. rubble stone C. random ashlar
B. combination ashlar D. none of the above
6. What does CHB stand for?
A. cement, hall, block C. concrete hollow block
B. code, housing, building D. none of the above
7. What are the classifications of masonry tools?
A. 3 C. 5
B. 4 D. none of the above
8. Which is NOT a roughing up tool?
A. Crandall C. patent hammer
B. cold chisel D. claw hammer
9. Which is NOT a finishing tool?
A. bull float C. devil floating
B. carpet float D. none of the above
10. Which is NOT part of the group?
A. Brick trowel C. edger
B. Buttering trowel D. none of the above
Directions: Do the following tasks. Write your answers/responses on your answer sheet.
A. Explain briefly the meaning of masonry.
B. What are the common masonry materials and tools according to their types and
uses?
Directions: Suppose you were told to improve the appearance of the rough concrete
surface of the front wall of your house. The problem is your tight budget. What masonry
materials and tools will you use? Why do you choose such materials and tools? What will
you do to determine the right quantity of the materials needed?
Show that you learned something by doing this activity.
Refer to the Answer Key. What is your score?
HowDo YouApplyWhatYou HaveLearned?
Activity Sheet 1.1
Activity Sheet 1.2
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 13
Directions: Set up appropriate masonry materials on a piece of board or plywood.
Materials, Tools, Equipment:
 Piece of board or at least 3/4 „‟ plywood
 Wood nails
 Mortar
 Mesh wire or tie wire
 Masonry materials
 Finishing tools
Procedure:
1. Prepare a simple plan in setting up certain n masonry materials and tools on a piece
of board or plywood.
2. Observe carefully the procedure specified in the plan.
3. Record significant observations and techniques or tips for preparing the mortar to set
up the chosen masonry materials.
4. Evaluate the finished group project based on the performance assessment criteria
given below:
Directions: Check the appropriate acceptability rating based on your honest personal
evaluation of your project.
PERFORMANCE ASSESSMENT CRITERIA ACCEPTABILITY
1. Correct setting of string guide
2. Levelness of string guide
3. Proper amount of mortar bed
4. Correct alignment of CHB
5. Proper amount of mortar cells
6. Proper removal of excess mortar
7. Acceptability of the finished job
TOTAL
Submit your personal assessment rating, group observations and tips about the
project.
Yes Not so
Much
Not At
All
How Well Did You Perform?
Job Sheet 1.1
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 14
Directions:
1. This activity is to be printed on short size bond paper.
2. Fasten the sheets with paper fastener in a short size folder with a proper label.
3. Choose at least 5 masonry materials.
4. Find out how each of them is set/laid on the concrete wall surface. What particular
mortar and tools should be used?
Directions:
1. This is a group work.
2. Prepare a simple plan on setting up certain masonry materials on a piece of board or
plywood.
3. Prepare the materials, tools, and the procedure to be observed in doing this simple
project.
4. Include some illustrations of steps especially laying in the masonry materials similar
to the illustrations arranged according to major steps shown below:
board or plywood masonry material
Phase 1(Step 1) --- to ------- Last Phase (last step)
5. Then, find out and prepare the appropriate mortar for this purpose.
6. Finally, secure the teacher‟s approval of your simple plan.
How Do You Extend Your Learning?
Assignment Sheet 1.1
Assignment Sheet 1.2
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 15
I. Choose the letter of the best answer. Write the answer on your answer sheet.
1. Which contains information about certain services required for performance?
A. borrower‟s slip C. requisition slip
B. job order D. borrower and job slips
2. Which specifies a demand for materials, supplies, or tools?
A. borrower‟s slip C. requisition slip
B. job order D. borrower and job slips
3. It contains an accepted form of request for tools, materials, and equipment on due
time?
A. borrower‟s slip C. requisition slip
B. job order D. borrower and job slips
4. Normally, how many signatories are there in the Requisition Slip?
A. 1 C. 3
B. 2 D. 4
5. What happens when any of the slips lack the necessary data?
A. There is delay in processing. C. Misunderstanding occurs
B. Promptness of approval is at stake D. all of the above
II. Explain the purpose and importance of the following documents.
1. Requisition Slip
2. Borrower‟s Slip
What Do You Already Know?
Request appropriate materials and tools
LEARNING OUTCOME 2
Let us determine how much you already know about requesting appropriate
materials and tools. Take this test.
Pretest LO 2
 Needed materials and tools are listed per job requirement.
 Materials and tools are requested according to the prepared list
 Requests are done per company‟s Standard Operating Procedures (SOP)
 Materials and tools are replaced appropriately at the expense of work quality
and cost.
PERFORMANCE STANDARDS
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 16
………………
Requisition is made through a required form known as requisition slip or in the form
of a letter, if the previous is not available. Most government offices use uniform requisition
slip, while others have their own. In school shops, teachers are creative enough to devise
their own form to suit their local need. Such practice of using requisition slip promotes proper
monitoring of supplies, materials, tools, and performance and accomplishment of required
service or services among others. Here are some examples of requisition forms according to
their purpose.
What Do You Need To Know?
Read Information Sheet 2.1 very well then find out how much you can remember
and how much you learned by doing Self-check 2.1.
Information Sheet 2.1
JOB ORDER AND REQUISITION SLIPS
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 17
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 18
Borrower’s Slip
This form is used for borrowing materials, tools, equipment. Its use promotes proper
monitoring of inventories. This form is devised according to the need of the office or
accountable officer.
Requisition Procedure
In as much as some offices or school shops do not use the electronic method,
requisition is made on a prepared slip available for use. Properly completed Requisition
Form is an important step in efficiently securing your order; otherwise expect delays in the
processing and approval of your requisition. The requisitioning process is done by an
authorized person.
1. Accomplish the slip with the required data.
2. Have it approved or signed by your supply officer or immediate supervisor.
3. Forward the slip to the section unit officer in charge of purchases,
procurement, or preparation and release of requisitioned items.
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 19
Direction: This part checks whether you have learned the required competencies for this
particular module. Encircle the best answer from the choices given.
1. Which contains information about certain services required for performance?
A. borrower‟s slip C. requisition slip
B. job order slip D. borrower and job slips
2. Which specifies a demand for materials, supplies, or tools?
A. borrower‟s slip C. requisition slip
B. job order D. borrower and job slips
3. It contains an accepted form of request for tools, materials, and equipment on due
time carries a provision for default.
A. borrower‟s slip C. requisition slip
B. job order D. borrower and job slips
4. Normally, how many signatories at a very least are there in the Requisition Slip?
A. 1 C. 3
B. 2 D. 4
5. Which happens when any of the slips lack necessary data?
A. There is delay in processing. C. Misunderstanding occurs
B. Promptness of approval is at stake D. all of the above
Directions: With your understanding and skills on job order, requisition, and borrower‟s
slips, prepare on the space below a schematic diagram of the flow from accomplishment of
the various slips to performing the services or handling of received items.
If you were to evaluate the functionality of said diagram, what assessment criteria
would you use?
A. My Schematic Diagram:
B. My Assessment Criteria:
Show that you learned something by doing this activity.
Refer to the Answer Key. What is your score?
How Much Have You Learned?
Self-Check 2.1
HowDo YouApplyWhatYou HaveLearned?
Activity Sheet 2.1
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 20
Directions: With the information and form samples on hand from the different offices and
factories you visited, make your own job order, requisition, and borrower‟s slips based on
your need. Be sure that your slip conforms with certain standards such as:
1. Contains needed data.
2. Easy to understand.
3. Easy to use.
4. Complete in itself and in form.
Submit the three different outputs with brief justification each to your teacher.
How Do You Extend Your Learning?
Assignment Sheet 2.1
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 21
Directions: Encircle the best answer from the choices given.
1. What is the importance of material management?
A. It provides the best service to the clientele
B. It maximizes efficiency
C. It helps in monitoring and managing inventories
D. All of the above.
2. What happens when the employees are not informed of the receiving procedure?
A. Productivity and efficiency of the company‟s employees are affected.
B. Resources are wasted.
C. Misunderstanding among and between employees occurs.
D. All of the above.
3. Which ensures correctness of deliveries or performance of services?
A. Requisition procedure C. Inspection procedure
B. Receiving procedure D. Delivery Procedure
4. Which procedure generally finds out inconsistency in the required specifications of
materials, tools, and equipment?
A. Requisition procedure C. Inspection procedure
B. Receiving procedure D. Handling procedure
5. Which shows proper carrying and safekeeping of items?
A. Requisition procedure C. Inspection procedure
B. Receiving procedure D. Handling procedure
What Do You Already Know?
Receive and inspect materials
LEARNING OUTCOME 3
 Materials and tools are received and inspected as per quantity and specification
based on requisition.
 Tools and materials are checked for damages and manufacturing defects.
 Materials and tools received are handled with appropriate safety devices.
Materials and tools are set aside in appropriate location nearest to the
workplace.
PERFORMANCE STANDARDS
Let us determine how much you already know about receiving and inspecting
materials. Take this test.
Pretest LO 3
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 22
Effective material management is very essential in many ways for the company or
office: First, it provides the best service to the clientele; second, it maximizes efficiency; and,
third, it helps in monitoring and managing inventories.
Receiving Procedure
Procedure for receiving requisitions varies in every office, school, and shop. Offices
make it a point that everything is in the proper order and perspective to ensure effectiveness
and efficiency. However, it is a must that everybody in the company especially the
concerned employees are well-acquainted of the process to avoid or at least minimize waste
of resources which is very significant to the company‟s success.
What Do You Need To Know?
Read Information Sheet 3.1 very well then find out how much you can remember
and how much you learned by doing Self-check 3.1.
Information Sheet 3.1
MATERIAL MANAGEMENT
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 23
Fig. 2. Receiving Procedure Flow Chart
Quality Inspection and Procedure
Delivered or issued items should be properly inspected for accuracy in terms of
quality, specifications, quantity, and functionality or workability. The act which involves
monitoring, observing or testing, usually involving product sampling, to insure compliance
with the requirements is known as quality inspection. It includes activities such as collecting
data from the item or items to ensure quality and preciseness.
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 24
Once quality inspection has been done, the receiver signs a paper or form to attest to
the completeness and compliance with the requisition; otherwise, he is obliged to make a
report of his inspection findings to persons or authorities concerned for appropriate action.
Materials Handling
Materials handling operations are carried out in most offices or plants. Each handling
task poses unique demands on the worker. However, work places can help workers to
perform these tasks safely and easily by implementing and upholding proper policies and
procedures. For Industrial plants, regulations under Industrial Establishments (O. Reg.
851/90) made under the Occupational Health and Safety Act should be properly observed.
1. Hazards. To assess the hazards of manual material handling operations, consider
the load, the task, the environment in which the task is performed, and the operator.
When these factors interact with each other, they can create hazards that result in
injuries. A load may be hazardous because of:
a. Weight
b. Size
c. Shape (making it awkward to handle)
d. Coupling (type of grip on the load)
e. Slippery or damaged surfaces
f. Absent or inappropriate handles, and
g. Imbalance (i.e., changing centre of gravity)
The task or method of handling may be hazardous when it involves:
a. lifting or lowering
 repetitively
 quickly
 for extended periods of time
 while seated or kneeling
 immediately after prolonged flexion
 shortly after a period of rest
b. an inability to get close to the load
c. moving the load over large distances
d. accuracy and precision required because of
 fragile loads, or
 specific unloading locations
e. materials positioned too low or too high
f. hazardous movements or postures (e.g. twisting, extended bending and
reaching)
g. multiple handling requirements (e.g., lifting, carrying, unloading)
2. Control Measures. The best control measure is to eliminate the need for workers to
perform manual handling tasks. Since this is not always possible, design manual
handling tasks so that they are within the workers‟ capabilities. Considerations
include the load itself, the design of the workstation and work practices. Providing
mechanical handling devices or aids can often eliminate the task itself or ease the
demands on the worker.
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 25
3. Training. Traditional training has focused on proper lifting methods and safe work
procedures. More recently, workplaces have introduced fitness and back education
approaches. In combination with job and workplace design changes, these
approaches are effective in preventing accidents and injuries. On the job
demonstrations and practice sessions are the best methods of training. Cover basic
manual materials handling procedures, and the proper use of mechanical aids and
techniques. Regularly reinforce the proper techniques to ensure their continued use.
The objectives of material handling training are to teach the worker:
1. How to identify hazardous loads or handling tasks
2. The proper selection and use of mechanical handling aids
3. Safe postures and manual lifting techniques to minimize strain
4. Safe lifting techniques
Directions: This part checks whether you have learned the required competencies for this
particular module. Simply encircle the best answer from the choices given.
1. What is the importance of material management?
A. It provides the best service to the clientele.
B. It maximizes efficiency.
C. It helps in monitoring and managing inventories.
D. All of the above.
2. What happens when the employees are not informed of the Receiving Procedure?
A. Productivity and efficiency of the company‟s employees are affected.
B. Resources are wasted.
C. Misunderstanding among and between employees occurs.
D. All of the above
3. Which ensures correctness of deliveries or performance of services?
A. Requisition procedure C. Inspection procedure
B. Receiving procedure D. Handling Procedure
4. Which procedure that generally finds out inconsistency in the required specifications of
materials, tools, and equipment?
A. Requisition procedure C. Inspection procedure
B. Receiving procedure D. Handling procedure
5. Which shows proper carrying and safekeeping of items?
A. Requisition procedure C. Inspection procedure
B. Receiving Procedure D. Handling procedure
Refer to the Answer Key. What is your score?
How Much Have You Learned?
Self-Check 3.1
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 26
Congratulations! You did a great job! Rest
and relax a while then move on to the next
lesson. Good luck!
Directions: Draw your own schematic diagram for each of the procedures on receiving,
inspecting, and handling of materials, tools, and equipment. Prepare them on three different
sheets of short size bond paper.
Directions: Visit some offices, shops, or factories in the locality. Find out and record their
procedures in receiving, inspecting, and handling of materials, tools, and equipment. Then,
prepare a report of your observation for submission to your teacher.
How Do You Extend Your Learning?
Show that you learned something by doing this activity.
HowDo YouApplyWhatYou HaveLearned?
Activity Sheet 3.1
Assignment Sheet 3.1
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 27
LO 1
 Fajardo Jr., M. B. (1993). Simplified Methods on Building Construction, 2nd Ed.
Quezon City, Philippines: 5138 Merchandising.
 Lorico, J., & Archivido, W. (2012). Handouts in Masonry.
 Santelices, L.E. (2004). Civil Technology, BEC Based. Lipa City: Eferza Academic
Publication
 http://www.creativehomeowner.com
 http://images.search.yahoo.com/search/images;_ylt=A0PDoX8IOUJP0XsAySCJzbk
F?p=masonry+floats&fr=moz35&ei=utf-8&n=30&x=wrt&y=Search
 http://images.search.yahoo.com/search/images;_ylt=A0PDoYBuOUJPMVoA0aWJzb
kF?p=masonry+trowels&fr=moz35&ei=utf-8&n=30&x=wrt&y=Search
 http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Masonry
 http://www.wisegeek.com/what-is-masonry.htm
 http://www.stanleytools.com
 http://www.concretenetwork.com
 http://www.amazon.co.uk/Stanley-Fat-Chalk-Line-0-47-
140/dp/B0001IW70W/ref=sr_1_8?s=diy&ie=UTF8&qid=1329439813&sr=1-8
 http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mortar_%28masonry%29
 http://images.search.yahoo.com/images/view;
LO 2
 http://www.thefreedictionary.com/requisition
 http://www.scribd.com/doc/20347271/Borrower-s-Slip
 http://images.search.yahoo.com/search/images;_ylt=A0PDoX2l4EJPah0AoHeJzbkF
?p=industrial+job+order+form&fr=yfp-t-701&ei=utf-8&n=30&x=wrt&y=Search
 http://images.search.yahoo.com/images/
 http://www.douglas.bc.ca/services/facilities/purchasing/purchasingrequisitions.html
LO 3
 http://www.virginia.edu/integratedsystem/howdoi/HTML/PRO5007U.html
 http://www.accountingformanagement.com/controlling_and_costing_materials.htm
 http://search.yahoo.com/search;_ylt=A0oG7jK6RkRP5GgAi_VXNyoA?p=Receiving
%20Procedure%20of%20Requisitioned%20Materials&fr2=sb-top&fr=yfp-t-701
 http://www.sixsigmaspc.com/dictionary/quality-inspection.html
 http://www.iapa.ca/pdf/manmat.pdf
REFERENCES
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 28
Practice housekeeping procedures
LESSON 2
LO 1. maintain work areas, tools and equipment; and
LO 2. follow standard work processes and procedures.
LEARNING OUTCOMES:
At the end of this lesson, you are expected to
do the following:
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 29
Barricades – small structures made of metal, wood, or other possible materials which are
used purposely to convey a message of caution or restriction to all concerned
Doable – set of best or workable shop practices in order to achieve work simplification
First aid – includes all forms of remedies given immediately to a sick or injured person until
full medical help becomes available
Hazard – involves unforeseen incident that is physically unfavorable to humans or animals
Risk management – scientific technique of assessing, minimizing, and preventing accidents
or loss of lives or limbs in the performance of tasks
Sanitize – maintain high standard of housekeeping
Self-Discipline – doing things spontaneously without being told or ordered
Signs – objects made by flat sheet metal or wood suspended by a stand or nailed on the
post or wall which are located strategically to give information or instructions
Sort – take out unnecessary items
Sweep – clean the workshop
Symbols – common illustrations printed on the signs which sometimes carry a written
description
Systematize – arrange necessary items in good order for use
Work simplification –application of workable principles that increases the awareness and
ability of the workers to be more productive and efficient without compromising their safety
and the product quality
Definition of Terms
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 30
Directions: Choose the letter of the best answer. Write the answer on your answer sheet.
1. Who introduced the 5Ss principle?
A. English C. Japanese
B. Filipinos
2. Which of the following are the 5Ss?
A. Seiri, Seiton,Sweep, Seiketsu Shitzu
B. Seiri, Seiton, Seiso, Sanitize, Shitzu
C. Sort, Seiton, Sweep, Seiketsu, Shitzu
D. Seiri, Systematize, Seiso, Seiketsu, Shitsu
3. It refers to the cleaning of workshop.
A. Seiton C. Seiso
B. Seiri D. Seiketsu
4. It is the condition to maintain high standard of good housekeeping where there is no
dust and rust anywhere.
A. Sort C. Sweep
B. Systematize D. Sanitize
What Do You Already Know?
Maintain cleanliness in work areas, tools, and equipment
and occupational safety
LEARNING OUTCOME 1
 The basic procedures of 5S are demonstrated in the workplace.
 Removing and disposing of unnecessary items according to company or office
procedures
 Reusable and recyclable materials are sorted according to company/ office
procedures.
 Items are arranged in accordance with company/office housekeeping
procedures.
PERFORMANCE STANDARDS
Let us determine how much you already know about maintaining cleanliness in
work areas, tools and equipment. Take this test.
Pretest LO 1
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 31
5. Which is practiced when your colleagues decide with you which things should be
kept considering the flow of your work?
A. Sort C. Sweep
B. Systematize D. Sanitize
6. Its advantage is to promote camaraderie among workers in the company.
A. Shitsuke C. The 5Ss
B. Seiton D. Systematize
7. It ensures the safety of the construction workers.
A. Signs, signal and barricades C. Exit signs
B. Danger signs D. Safety instructions signs
8. Which shall be used when an immediate hazard exists?
A. Signs, signal and barricades C. Exit signs
B. Danger Signs D. Safety instructions signs
9. Which shall be used as temporary means of warning an existing hazard such as
defective tools and equipment?
A. Danger signs C. Traffic signs
B. Accidental prevention tags D. Directional signs
10. Which is a major factor for the prevention of shop accidents?
A. Signs, symbols, barricades C. Attitude
B. The 5Ss principle D. Systematize
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 32
The 5S
The 5S are Japanese words that start with letter S. But in the Philippines, some
thought of 5 English words that all begin with letter S which is equivalent to these Japanese
words. Therefore, it is necessary to remember the Japanese‟ 5S. What is important aside
from retaining this into our minds is to make it part of our daily habit.
Below are the 5Ss and their English equivalent:
Japanese English Brief Explanation
SEIRI SORT Take out unnecessary items and dispose of them
SEITON SYSTEMATIZE Arrange necessary items in good order for use
SEISO SWEEP Clean your workshop
SEIKETSU SANITIZE Maintain high standard of housekeeping
SHITSU SELF-
DISCIPLINE
Do things spontaneously without being told or
ordered
5S is not simply a list of action items. It is an integrated concept of action, condition
and culture. The nature and implication of each S needs to be understood as follows:
1. SEIRI (SORT) means “take out unnecessary items and dispose of them
Step 1 – Look around your workplace with your colleagues. Discover and identify
items which are unnecessary to your work. Then, dispose all unnecessary items.
NEVER KEEP ANYTHING WHICH IS UNNECESSARY TO YOUR WORK.
Step 2 – If you and your colleagues cannot decide whether an item is necessary
or not, put DISPOSAL NOTICE with the data on the item and set item aside.
Step 3 – After a period, say two months, check if someone has the item or not. If
no one has need of the item, that means the item is not needed for your work.
Note: Disposal can be done in either of the following ways:
1. Sell it to outside of the company.
2. Move to other department /section where the item is needed.
3. Throw it away, dispose as garbage.
4. In disposing the belongings of the company, it is better to make people
know who has the authority for disposal.
What Do You Need To Know?
Read Information Sheet 1.1 very well then find out how much you can remember
and how much you learned by doing Self-check 1.1.
Information Sheet 1.1
THE WORKING STATION
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 33
5. It is also better to make people know where to return excessive stock of
materials and supplies.
6. While looking around for unnecessary items in your workplace, look at
every nook. It will be a bonus to you if you found some useful items.
2. SEITON (SYSTEMATIZE) means “Arrange necessary items in good order to
use”
Step 1 – Make sure that all unnecessary items are eliminated from your
workplace.
Step 2 – Decide with your colleagues which things to put where taking into
account the flow of your work. The principle is to put most frequently needed
items close to the user so as to minimize the movement of the person. Things
which are not so often used should be placed slightly further away.
Step 3 – It is necessary to make sure that everyone at your workplace knows
what is kept for efficient use. Make a list of things with location and put it in a
locker or cabinet. Label each drawer/cabinet to show what is kept inside.
Note: The object of SEITON (SYSTEMATIZED) is to make your workplace a safe
and efficient place to work in.
3. SEISO (SWEEP) means clean your workplace. There is a very strong correlation
between quality of products and cleanliness of the workplace where products are
manufactured. Accordingly, SEISO (SWEEP) should be practiced every day, and
sometimes, even during the day.
The following are suggested for your SEISO (SWEEP) operation:
 Do not wait until things get dirty. Clean your workplace, including
machines, equipment, tools and furniture regularly so that they do not
have chance to get dirty.
 Spend three minutes cleaning up every day.
 You and your colleagues should be responsible for the cleanliness of
your immediate surrounding you. The janitors or sweepers will look after
the common areas only.
 Never throw anything and make it your habit.
 Cleaning is also checking.
4. SEIKETSU (SANITIZE) means maintain high standard of housekeeping. So as
not to waste your effort, do not stop after implementing the initial 3S.
The following are suggested for your SEIKETSU (SANITIZE) operation:
 Create a maintenance system for housekeeping. Make a schedule of
cleaning for your workplace.
 Interdepartmental competition is a very effective means of sustaining and
enhancing people‟s interest on 5Ss.
Note:
1. Indicate the names of the persons responsible for the work area and for
the machine.
2. Regular inspection and evaluation on the level of 4Ss by each work are
necessary.
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 34
3. Do not criticize poor cases, but also praise and commend good practices
or good performances.
5. SHITSUKE (SELF-DISCIPLINE) means “do things spontaneously without being
told or ordered.” It is to make every one practice 4Ss spontaneously and willingly
as habit or way of life. There is no other way to foster such culture than
practicing 4Ss regularly until such time when everyone becomes fond of 5Ss.
To help such corporate culture conducive to 5Ss, the following need to be
emphasized:
 Treat your workplace as your own home.
 You are spending most of your WAKING TIME at your workplace than
at home.
 Your workplace is an important place where you earn for yourself and
your family.
 Make your workplace as clean and comfortable as your home.
Note:
In enhancing SHITSUKE (SELF-DISCIPLINE) of employees of a company,
the rules of management are very important. People with managerial duties
should be worthy of respect and emulation.
What can an individual gain from the 5Ss?
1. The 5Ss makes your workplace more pleasant. In practicing 5Ss, you have to
start from discussing and agreeing what to put for efficient use by everyone. With
your colleagues, you have to clean the workplace. Such human relation and
working environment will make you and your workplace pleasant.
2. The 5Ss makes your work more efficient. If you have to look for something and
take so much time finding it, you are not only wasting your time but also wasting
your energy and moral.
On the other hand, if everything at your workplace is arranged in proper
order and readily available for use, your work flow will always be very smooth. It
improves not only your efficiency but also improves the rhythm of your work and
the more you will enjoy it. If you have work , better to enjoy it.
3. The 5Ss improves your safety. A clear and tidy working environment where
everything is properly placed, where clear instructions are readily available, and
where no one throws anything is safer place to work in. Practicing 5Ss improves
your own safety. You can enjoy your work more with less risk.
4. The 5Ss improves quality of your work and your products. People affect
environment. On the other hand, the environment also affects people. If you are
accustomed to work in a clear and tidy environment, you can develop your
sensitivity so that you can feel and identify any defect in work.
On the contrary, messy and untidy environment will adversely affect your
sensitivity. Therefore, good environment will improve the quality of your work. It
is quite natural that quality products come only from a clean and well- organized
workplace.
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 35
5. The 5Ss improve the quality life of people. The process of 5Ss requires people
to think, consult and cooperate with each other.
At the same time, practicing the 5Ss gives people satisfaction of being
creative and friendly with others
In summary:
 5Ss improves CREATIVITY of people
 5Ss improves COMMUNICATION
 5Ss improves HUMAN RELATION among people
 5Ss enhances COMRADERSHIP among people
 5Ss gives VITALITY to people
Vitality of the people is the locomotion that moves a company forward.
Signs, signals and barricades are important for the safety of construction workers.
Signs and symbols should be visible at all times when work is being performed, and shall be
removed or covered promptly when the hazard does not exist anymore.
I. Danger Signs. Danger signs shall
be used only where an immediate
hazard exists.
Danger signs should be read
as the predominant color for the
upper panel; outline on the
borders; and a white lower panel
for additional text.
II. Caution Signs. Caution signs shall be used only to warn against or caution against
practices.
Caution sign shall have
yellow as the predominant
color; black upper panel and
borders; yellow lettering for
“caution” on the black panel;
and the lower yellow panel for
the additional text. Black
lettering shall be used for
additional text.
Standard color of the
background shall be yellow;
and the panel, black with yellow
letters. Any letter used against
the yellow background shall be
black. The colors shall be those of opaque glossy samples.
SIGNS, SIGNALS AND BARRICADES
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 36
III. Exit Signs. Exit signs, when required, shall
be lettered in legible red letters, not less than
6 inches high, on a white field and the
principal stroke of the letters shall be at least
three-fourths in width.
IV. Safety Instructions Signs. Safety
instruction signs, when used, shall be with
green upper panel with white letters to
convey the principal message. Any additional
text on the sign shall be black letters on the
white background.
V. Directional Signs. Directional signs, other than automotive traffic signs specified in the
paragraph below, shall be white with a black panel and white directional symbol. Any text
on the sign shall be black letters on the white background.
VI. Traffic Signs. Construction areas shall be posted with legible
traffic signs at hazardous areas. All traffic control signs or
devices used for protection of construction workers shall
conform to Occupational Safety and Health Administration
(OSHA) standards.
VII.Accident Prevention Tags. Accident prevention tags shall be used as temporary means
of warning of an existing hazard such as defective tools, equipment, etc. They shall not
be used in place of, or as a substitute for, accident prevention signs. Specifications for
accident prevention tags similar as shown below shall apply.
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 37
VIII. Signaling Sings and Barricades
1. Flagmen. Flaggers shall use red flags, at
least 18 inches square or sign paddles, and
in the dark, red lights. Flagmen shall wear a
red or orange garment while flagging.
Warning garments worn at night shall be of
reflectorized material.
2. Barricades.
Barricades for protection of employees shall
conform to the OSHA standards.
IX. Introduction
We have heard of the slogans: “Watch your Step!- Look before you Leap-Take it
easy!” and dozens of others which mean the same thing. We have also heard of a very
important slogan “Safety first”.
A. Avoiding Hazard in the Shop Area. When working in a shop, we should become
acquainted with the things that may cause trouble. If we know about hazards, we
could avoid them. Hand tools and power tools have caused many shop accidents
that could have been prevented easily.
B. Attitude. Carelessness is a sign of poor working attitude. By being careless you can
injure yourself or others, only proper conduct and good working attitude can prevent
accidents. Thinking about safety reduces accidents.
Keep your work area clear of unnecessary tools and other parts which are not
needed in your work. It is not a good thing to leave scraps and debris on the shop
floor. Under such conditions, workers may slip and fall.
WORK SAFETY
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 38
If nails are removed from boards, the unwary may step on them. Do not leave
boards lying around that have nail points sticking out.
Chisels are dangerous if not properly handled. The workers should always
take care to use the chisel in such a way that the cutting is performed in the direction
away from the parts of the body. Clamping the stock firmly in place and using two
hands to operate a chisel obviously eliminate the danger of cutting yourself.
When handling a sharp tool to another person, extend the handle first. This
shows both courtesy and sound practice toward accident prevention.
Use the proper tool for the right job. The wrong tool can injure you. Do not
place sharp tools in your pocket. Sharp tools could cut or puncture your skin. Be sure
that your tools are in good condition. Heads of hammers, mallet and hatchets if not
properly attached to its handle could fly out and seriously injure someone.
II. Safety While Working
Work carefully and give your job complete attention. Be concerned with personal
safety. Know shop layout and the location of safety devices, including fire exits and fire
extinguisher. Protect yourself by wearing the proper clothes and proper safety devices.
Loose clothing can catch on moving parts and can result in serious personal injury.
Dangling sleeves and shirttails should not be worn. Keep long sleeves buttoned and shirttails
tucked in.
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 39
Wear full leather shoes with non-skid soles to protect your feet and to prevent you
from slipping. Steel-toed safety shoes provide the best protection for shop work.
Long hair and jewelry are hazards also. Long hair should be covered with a brimless
cap. A cap with a brim, as well as long hair, is caught easily in moving parts and machinery.
Rings should be removed, because they can get caught.
Wear safety glasses or a face shield where particles can fly around. Keep handling
tools in good conditions. Tools that may slip can cause cuts and bruises. A good grip on
tools also prevents personal injury and damage. Wipe excessive dirt from hands and tools.
Wrong tool can damage parts and the tool itself. Do not use broken or bent tools.
Be careful when using sharp or pointed tools that can slip and cause injury. If a tool is
to be sharpened, make sure it is sharp. Dull tools can be more dangerous than sharp tools.
Do not use a power tool without permission from your teacher. Be sure you know
how to operate the tool properly before using it. Instructions should be read carefully.
Make sure everyone and all parts are clear before starting the machines. Keep hands
and clothing away from the moving parts.
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 40
Never leave a power tool unattended when it is running. If you leave, turn off the
machine. Anyone passing by an unattended machine can get hurt seriously.
If the machine does not operate properly, turn it off and wait until it has stopped
completely.
Do not enter a work area where a power tool is being used. Obey the rules outlined
by your teacher. Stay away from power tools that are being operated.
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 41
III. A Healthy Shop Is a Safe Shop
The shop should be pleasant place where you will enjoy your work. Large
manufacturing companies have learned that the shop accidents are greatly reduced when
the shop itself is well-lighted and well-ventilated. The introduction of ventilating and blower
systems, which free the air of dust and particles of dirt, have gone a long way toward
reducing accidents. Good lighting, both natural and artificial, likewise safeguards the worker.
A healthy shop is a safe shop. After all, the protection of health is the first rule: “Safety First
in the Shop”.
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 42
IV. First Aid.
First aid should be performed when someone gets into an accident. Timely
performance of first aid could save a person‟s life or prevent permanent injury.
Many accidents happen and due to human error and carelessness can be prevented
by safety education and first aid training; the rescuer should proceed from the most fatal to
the least serious injuries. The inspection of injured persons should be quickly and accurately
done to save the life of the victim.
The Hierarchy of Seven Bases of Inspection in Case of Accident:
 Profuse bleeding
 Cessation of breathing
 Internal poisoning
 Shock after an injury
 Burns
 Fractures
 Dislocations, sprains, and strains
A. General Rules /Procedure of Giving First Aid. Principles are rules of right conduct
in the performance of certain tasks. Simply, principles are guides to follow.
1. Remember that you are a first aider.
2. Send for medical help immediately when necessary.
3. Keep calm.
4. Do first things first.
5. Expect the worst
6. Keep the victim quiet and comfortable.
7. Check for bleeding, breathing, poisoning, fractures and dislocation.
8. Keep victim warm.
9. Do not give water or food to the unconscious.
10. Give water never alcohol.
11. Keep onlookers away.
12. Never waste time.
13. Loosen tight clothing.
14. Splint fractures and dislocation
15. Protect victim from vomiting and other secretions by turning head sideways.
16. Don‟t be in a hurry when moving victims.
17. Reassure the victim. Keep him or her cheerful.
18. Don‟t let the victim see the injury to avoid shock.
19. Don‟t touch wounds with hands or mouth.
20. Notify parents or relatives of the injured.
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 43
B. Poisoning. When strong chemicals like insecticides have been swallowed, medical
assistance should be sought immediately.
1. Ingesting a strong chemical
What to do:
a. Neutralize the poison by giving the victim carbonate soda, milk or raw
eggs, flour diluted in water or baking soda or food oil.
b. Seek medical assistance immediately.
2. Ingesting alkaline (ammonia)
What to do:
a. Give vinegar and water or calamansi juice
b. Seek medical assistance immediately
C. Cessation of Breathing. When breathing stops for any reason, the condition that
arises is referred to as respiratory arrest. The heart may continue to beat for several
minutes after the breathing process stops.
Major:
1. Heart Attack
2. Blockage of air passage
3. Accidents involving drowning and electrocution
4. Suffocation of gases, smoke and compression depressant
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 44
Symptoms of Respiratory Arrest
1. Without oxygen, breaths will become shorter and faster, a headache may
occur, ears will probably pound and thinking will become fuzzy.
2. Victim may appear to be under the influence of alcohol. He may become
unconscious and breathing maybe arrested.
3. In a very short time heart will stop breathing and death will follow. But
remember, as long as the heart is beating, breathing may possibly
resume.
Artificial respiration can save the life of a victim who has stopped breathing.
Artificial respiration is the procedure for making air to flow into and out of the lungs of
the person.
The mouth to mouth (or mouth to nose) technique is the most practical
method for emergency ventilation.
Mouth-to-mouth (mouth to nose) method of artificial respiration
1. Wipe out quickly any visible foreign matter in the mouth using finger or cloth
wrapped around your fingers.
2. Tilt head back so that the chin tilts points upward.
3. Pull or push jaw into jutting out poison. This maneuver should remove
obstructions from the airway by moving the base of the tongue away from the
back of the throat.
D. Sprain occurs when trauma such as violent twist or stretch causes the joints to move
outside its normal range of movement and ligaments are torn. Sprains are common
to ankle and wrist. Allow the sprain to be fully mended because a second or third
sprain may be worst.
The usual symptoms of sprain are:
1. Pain and tenderness in affected area
2. Rapid swelling, sometimes with discoloration of the skin
3. Impaired joint function
An emergency approach for minor sprains is called PRICE, which means:
1. PROTECTION - Immobilize affected area and prevent further injury using
elastic wraps, slings, splints, crutches or a cane if necessary.
2. REST - Avoid activities that can cause pain or swelling. Rest is important to
hasten tissue healing.
3. ICE - Ice application immediately is necessary to avoid swelling, pain and
muscle spasm. Re-apply the ice application for the first day or two.
4. COMPRESSION - Compress the injury until the swelling ceases with warps
or compressive bandages.
5. ELEVATION - Raise the swollen arm or leg higher than heart level to reduce
swelling. Usually this can be done at night.
E. Strains are muscle injuries caused by stretching the muscles beyond a reasonable
limit. Muscle fiber may be torn from their attachment and the tendon that attached the
muscle to the bone may be ruptured or even pulled loose. This happens when lifting
heavy weight and when the person slips.
Signs and symptoms
1. In localized pain, an injury occurs when allowed by tenderness and swelling in
some cases
2. Stiffness and tenderness happen after 24 hours immediately after a muscle is
pulled.
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 45
3. If the muscles seem not to function at all, the muscles have ruptured.
First Aid
1. Apply ice or cold pack to injured area for the first 24 hours after injury. After
that, use a heating pad or take hot baths.
2. If swelling is extensive, use cold packs throughout the entire recovery of a
muscle injury.
3. Reduce swelling, elevate the injured muscle and use compression wraps, like
bandage. Do not bind the injured part tightly.
4. Rest the injured muscle while still painful.
F. Fracture. Fracture is a broken bone. The common type of an adult‟s fracture is
referred to as simple fracture with the breaks usually straight across the shaft of a big
bone and no broken bone protruding. The more severe type of fracture in which the
ends of the broken bone pierces the muscle and the skin is called a compound
fracture. This is more serious. Other tissues are in danger of infection.
Caring for Fractures
1. Apply cold cloth or ice to the injured area to relieve pain.
2. Bond or splint a compound fracture if you have to transport the victim.
3. If there is bleeding, cover the wound with sterile surgical dressing or clean
cloth and bandage it snugly in place.
4. Avoid moving the victim more than necessary. Splint and support should be
applied where the injured persons lies so that when he or she moves, there
will be no further damage.
5. Keep the victim perfectly quiet, lying on his or her back. Do not permit him or
her to move, sit up or stand.
6. Turn his head slightly away from the injured side.
7. Keep the patient warm by covering him or her with blankets.
8. Do not give stimulants, liquor or pain killers.
A. CONVULSION /EPILEPSY
1. Place the victim on something wide and soft such as bed or a thick rug so that he or
she will not be injured by his or her involuntary motions.
2. Loosen the clothing so as to reduce the danger of choking
3. Put something blunt (such as small roll of cloth) between the victim‟s teeth to told the
jaws apart to keep the tongue from being bitten.
4. Place the victim on his side rather than on his back for there is danger of vomiting
and choking on the vomitus. Do not always keep his face turned to one side.
5. If breathing stops for a minute or two, administer artificial respiration.
FIRST AID: EMERGENCY CASES
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 46
6. If there is a high fever, reduce the body temperature as quickly as possible, wrapping
the patient with a sheet wrung out of cold water. Then allow an electric fan to play the
wet sheet. This will cause rapid evaporation and will have a cooling effect.
B. INTOXICATION. Alcohol is a depressant, a slow acting anesthetic. Reflexes are slowed
and muscles coordination impaired. Alcohol impairs the intellectual functions inhibitions
and handicapping one in the exercise of judgment.
The deeply intoxicated person becomes pale and may break into cold sweat, may
vomit, and lapse into unconsciousness. This stupor disappears in a few hours as the
body gradually metabolizes the alcohol. Treat the patient as follows:
1. Empty the patient‟s stomach by helping him to vomit. Let the patient drink two or
three glasses of warm salt water.
2. Give large dose (2tbsp) of crystals in a half glass of water of spoon salt.
3. Keep the patient‟s body warm. An intoxicated person easily chills and develops
pneumonia.
C. SNAKE BITES
1. Bring the victim to a hospital as soon as possible. Meanwhile, take these first
measures:
 Keep the victim from moving around.
 Keep the victim as calm as possible, preferably lying down.
 Immobilize the bitten extremity and keep it below the heart level.
2. If mild to moderate symptoms develop, apply a constricting band from 2-4 inches
above the bite but not around a joint like elbow, knee, wrist, or trunk. The band
should be from ¾ to 1 1/2 inches wide not thin like rubber band. The band should be
snug, but not loose enough to one finger underneath. Be alert to swelling; loosen the
band if it becomes too tight, but do not remove it. Periodically check the pulse to
ensure blood flow.
3. If severe symptoms develop, incision and suctions should be performed immediately.
Apply a constricting bond and make a cut in the skin with a sharp sterilized blade
though large fang mark. Cuts should be no deeper than just through the skin and
should be one half long, extending over the venom deposit which is usually lower
than the fang mark. Do not make cross-cut incision. Do not make cuts on the head,
neck or trunk. Suction should be applied with a suction cup for 30 minutes. If a cup is
not available, use the mouth. There is a little risk to the rescuer who uses his mouth,
but it is recommended that the venom not be swallowed and mouth should be rinsed
properly.
Methods of Transportation
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 47
Directions: This part checks whether you have learned the required competencies for this
particular module. Simply encircle the best answer from the choices given.
1. Who introduced the 5Ss principle?
A. The English C. The Japanese
B. Filipinos
2. Which of the following are the 5Ss?
A. Seiri, Seiton,Sweep, Seiketsu Shitzu
B. Seiri, Seiton, Seiso, Sanitize, Shitzu
C. Sort, Seiton, Sweep, Seiketsu, Shitzu
D. Seiri, Systematize, Seiso, Seiketsu, Shitsu
3. It refers to the cleaning of workshop.
A. Seiton C. Seiso
B. Seiri D. Seiketsu
4. It is the condition to maintain high standard of good housekeeping where there is no
dust and rust anywhere.
A. Sort C. Sweep
B. Systematize D. Sanitize
5. Which is practiced when your colleagues decide with you which things to put where
taking into account the flow of your work?
A. Sort C. Sweep
B. Systematize D. Sanitize
6. Its advantage is to promote camaraderie among workers in the company.
A. Shitsuke C. The 5Ss
B. Seiton D. Systematize
7. It ensures the safety of the construction workers.
A. Signs, signal and barricades C. Exit signs
B. Danger signs D. Safety instructions signs
8. Which shall be used when an immediate hazard exists?
A. Signs, signal and barricades C. Exit signs
B. Danger signs D. Safety instructions signs
How Much Have You Learned?
Self-Check 1.1
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 48
9. Which shall be used as temporary means of warning an existing hazard such as
defected tools and equipment?
A. Danger signs C. Traffic signs
B. Accidental prevention tags D. Directional signs
10. Which is a major factor for the prevention of shop accidents?
A. Signs, symbols, barricades C. Attitude
B. The 5Ss Principle D. Systematize
Directions: Give what is being asked by the listed items below. Write your answer on the
space provided.
A. Explain briefly the following 5Ss:
1. SEIRI
2. SEITON
3. SEISO
4. SEIKETSU
5. SHITSU
B. Cite four advantages of the 5Ss if observed strictly?
C. Enumerate 5 reasons why schools such as yours should practice the 5Ss religiously?
Directions:
1. Group yourselves into groups with five members.
2. Each group shall role play for 10 to 15 minutes certain activities that are observed in
the road.
3. Be sure to use safety signs and symbols as props.
4. Presentation shall be assessed according to the given rubrics.
Show that you learned something by doing this activity.
Refer to the Answer Key. What is your score?
HowDo YouApplyWhatYou HaveLearned?
Activity Sheet 1.1
Activity Sheet 1.2
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 49
Directions: This activity is a group work.
1. Perform a pantomime for 7-10 minutes.
2. Be sure that the scenario will create favorable impact on the audience zeroing in the
key points on industrial hazards and accidents.
3. Performances shall be evaluated using the given rubric.
Directions:
1. List down all possible shop norms that you can think of based on the 5Ss which will
comprise your personal checklist of shop norms.
2. Finalize your personal checklist of shop norms on a ¼ size illustration board which
you will accomplish weekly by simply putting check marks ( / ) on shop norms that
you perform consistently the whole week.
3. Remember, the check marks are representative of your practices for the week. This
checklist shall be used for the whole year. So, put your extra effort to keep it clean
and in perfect condition.
Directions:
1. Group yourselves according to the class grouping to perform a buzz session for 20
minutes.
2. The focus of this activity is to come up with common shop rules to prevent or
minimize shop accidents due to incorrect work practices. The more rules the group
can craft, the better would it be for the group.
3. Be sure that the rules determined have been written clearly on a whole sheet of
butcher‟s paper (Manila paper).
4. Finally, let the group leader present the output to the class for discussion in order to
come up with one set of rules for the entire class.
Activity Sheet 1.3
Activity Sheet 1.4
Activity Sheet 1.5
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 50
III. BUZZ SESSION (Assignment Sheet 1.5)
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 51
Directions: Choose the letter of the best answer. Write your answer on your answer sheet.
1. It is simply the application of workable principles that increases the awareness and
ability of the workers to be more productive and efficient without sacrificing their
safety and the product quality.
A. Occupational health and safety C. Work procedure
B. Risk management D. Work simplification
2. Which primarily uses least resources in the workplace?
A. Occupational health and safety C. Work procedure
B. Risk management D. Work simplification
3. What government agency is responsible primarily for setting and enforcing
mandatory occupational health and safety standards through appropriate orders?
A. Department of public works and highways
B. Civil service commission
C. Department of labor and employment
D. Department of budget and management
4. Which is NOT a Personal Protective Equipment?
A. helmets C. clothing
B. goggles D. none of the above
What Do You Already Know?
Follow standard work processes and procedures
LEARNING OUTCOME 2
Let us determine how much you already know about following standard work
processes and procedures. Take this test.
Pretest LO 2
 Commonly used materials are maintained in designated area according to
procedure.
 Work is performed according to the standard work procedures per instructions
and Occupational Health and Safety (OHS) requirements.
 Incidents are reported to immediate supervisor.
PERFORMANCE STANDARDS
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 52
5. Which is a common hazard?
A. Obstructions C. Hazardous dusts
B. Damaged saw blades D. Gaseous
6. Which is a risk?
A. Out-of-control cutting machine C. Power cords
B. Vibration D. Beard, loose hair, loose clothing
7. Which is a step on risk management?
A. Identification of safety procedures C. Training the workers
B. Hazard Identification D. Education
8. Which is a control measure on accident prevention?
A. Workplace communication and consultation
B. Safety and health committee meetings
C. Regular equipment and work safety checks
D. Education
9. Which is the emphasis of continuous training of the workers as hazard/risk
management measure?
A. Workplace safety and health
B. Emergency and first aid procedures
C. Hazards and risks associated with work activities
D. Education
10. Who are covered by the Occupational Health and Safety Regulations?
A. Employers C. Self-employed
B. Workers D. All of the above
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 53
Can you imagine how an office or company would look like without any system in the
workplace? How do you assess the kind of workers such an office have? What kind of
products or outputs do they have? Would their effectiveness and efficiency be affected?
What if you were the owner, would you be happy seeing such disorganized, unhealthy, and
embarrassing workplace in your company? How would you address such behavior of the
workers?
Fig. 1. Workplace without a System
What is work simplification? It is simply the application of workable principles that
increases the awareness and ability of the workers to be more productive and efficient
without sacrificing their safety and the product quality. Workers perform tasks expected of
them in simpler ways.
Work simplification is also defined as the use of equipment, ergonomics, functional
planning and behavior modification to reduce the physical and psychological stresses on the
body of activities at home or at work by reducing the physical demands on the body during
tasks acts to reduce the risk of injury or re-injury.
What Do You Need To Know?
Read Information Sheet 2.1 very well then find out how much you can remember
and how much you learned by doing Self-check 2.1.
Information Sheet 2.1
WORK SIMPLIFICATION
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 54
Furthermore, work simplification means the performance of steps comprising a work
in a manner that is least expensive in resources such as effort, money, and time. It has to be
performed in conformity with the work objective.
Doable for Work Simplification
Besides controlling the work environment to reduce or prevent risk of injury, the
following items need to be done.
1. Establish in the workplace some simple guidelines for task set up, materials, tools,
equipment storage, and work techniques and routines for reduction of physical and
mental strain.
2. Modify workplace layout to enable a task to be less strenuous by:
 storing heavier and frequently used items at waist level;
 setting up work tasks to avoid twisting of the spine, bending forwards or reaching
away from the body;
 using tools or mechanical equipment to reduce the physical force required to
complete tasks, for instance, trolleys, jacks and cranes;
 storing infrequently used equipment below mid thigh height or above shoulder
height;
 allowing tasks be done from a sitting or standing position or rotated to allow
postural change where possible;
 using a stepladder to access higher items and reduce the need for above the
shoulder reaching.
3. Modify ways of load lifting to prevent further injury by considering the following:
 Can large loads be broken down into smaller loads to reduce the impact on the
body?
 Can the load be lifted with two hands rather than one?
 Can handles on loads be altered to make it easier to carry the load?
 Can loads be carried safely against the body to allow the larger muscles of the
legs to support the load rather than the smaller muscles of the arms?
 Can the load be lifted using a team lift?
 Remember, it is more physically demanding to grip smaller items or large items
with the hand at full stretch.
Philippine Occupational Health and Safety laws place responsibility for workplace
safety on employers, workers, self employed people, people in control of workplaces, and
the manufacturers and distributors of plant and equipment.
Employers must provide and maintain a working environment in which workers are
not exposed to hazards as far as practicable. This includes providing information, instruction,
training and supervision to enable workers to perform their work safely.
Workers must take reasonable care of their own safety and health and that of others,
follow safety instructions and use protective clothing and equipment as instructed.
See sections
The Occupational Safety and Health laws of the Philippines require employers, main
contractors, self-employed people and those in control of workplaces or access to
workplaces, as far as practical, to:
OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 55
 identify each hazard to which a person at the workplace is likely to be exposed;
 assess the risk of injury or harm to a person resulting from each hazard;
 take action to control or reduce the risk.
Furthermore, the Secretary of Labor is responsible for setting and enforcing
mandatory occupational health and safety standards by appropriate orders, and for
instituting and updating programs to ensure safe and healthy working conditions in all places
of employment. To this end, a number of agencies attached to DOLE implement and issue
relevant guidelines and processes.
Like in any other field of human endeavor, masonry workers known as masons are
protected by laws enabling their safety and lives secured and promoted at all times. In doing
so, Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) which includes protective clothing is required.
 a safety helmet;
 safety footwear;
 safety goggles;
 a face shield;
 hearing protection;
 sun and weather protection;
 gloves to improve grip and reduce force and vibration; and
 where hazardous dusts or fumes cannot be eliminated, respiratory protection.
Operators should avoid wearing loose fitting clothing or jewelry. Long hair worn loose
and long beards can also be hazardous.
Cutting and drilling equipment especially saw blade discs and drill bits, should be
removed from machines and stored where they will not be damaged between use.
Some hazards are common to all concrete and masonry cutting and drilling
operations, however there are also hazards specific to individual types of equipment, such
as:
1. Kick-back, push-back or pull-in – These are potentially violent forces that occur
suddenly and can be difficult to control. They are most likely to cause injury when
hand-held or „quick-cut‟ concrete or masonry saws are used, especially when
chasing. They can also cause fixed concrete saws to be wrenched from their fittings,
with the potential of the saw running free on the ground. It is important that training
for operators includes awareness of safe work practices and the risks of kick-back.
Employers and hire equipment suppliers must ensure operators have information and
training on safe work practices.
2. Obstructions or resistance in the material being cut – These can cause sudden
kick-back, push back or pull-in movements of the saw. They occur when different
quadrants of the blade come into contact with obstructions or resistance within the
concrete or masonry such as from reinforcing steel bars, steel mesh or brick ties.
3. Crooked or off-line cuts – These can cause the saw to bite or pinch resulting in
kick-back, push-back or pull-in reactions. These reactions are also most likely to
occur with hand-held saws.
4. Pinched cuts – These are caused when the object being cut moves, resulting in the
cutting groove tightening on the saw blade, thus increasing the risk of kick-back etc.
COMMON HAZARDS
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 56
5. Blunt cutting edges – Injuries can be caused by using a saw blade or drill bit with
the wrong diamond cutting bond. If the bond or matrix holding the cutting diamonds
together is too hard for the material being cut, the bonding material does not wear
away quickly enough, resulting in the surface diamonds becoming blunt. This means
extra force has to be applied by the operator, especially with hand-held saws,
increasing the risk of kick-back, push-back or pull-in.
6. Unsafe grip, stance or stop-start procedures for hand-held saws – These can
cause the saw to swing out of control and come into contact with the operator or
strike objects that may cause the saw to fall and run free on the ground.
7. Worn, misshapen, cracked or damaged saw blades, or the wrong type of blade
– These can cause the blade to wobble, vibrate, shatter, or fragment and fly off.
Guarding on most concrete and masonry equipment is designed to protect the
operator from flying blade fragments, but not others in the workplace. Guarding
should, therefore, not be regarded as a total safeguard. Blades are most likely to
disintegrate when force is used, for example when the diamond cutting edge
becomes dull, an obstruction is encountered, the cutting groove is not straight or the
blade is pinched.
8. Worn blade shaft – Incorrectly fitted blades or the wrong type of blade for the job
can cause wear on the central shaft causing even new blades to shake, resulting in
early wearing and risk of shatter.
7
9. Wrong-size blades – Blades could be too large, too small, or the wrong type for the
cutting machine or size and shape of the concrete or masonry item being cut. For
example, a small diameter blade used to cut a thick slab may not penetrate
sufficiently; increasing the risk of kick-back or blade-shatter should the blade strike
resistance.
10. Hazardous dusts – These are emitted by cutting and drilling operations or
equipment that does not use water for cooling cutting parts and capturing dust.
Concrete dust may carry high levels of silica dust and repeated exposure can cause
silicosis, which is a scarring and stiffening of the lungs. The effects are irreversible,
invariably resulting in death. Coarser rock particles can cause short term throat
irritation and bronchitis.
11. Insufficient flow of coolant water – This can cause overheating and expansion of
both metal and masonry, resulting in poor performance, jamming, severe blade
damage and projectile hazards.
12. Incompatible flanges and blades – These can cause uneven blade movement,
wear and tear, and the risk of blade-shatter.
13. Incorrectly secured blades – These are caused by nuts and flanges which are not
tightened sufficiently on the saw shaft, which can cause uneven blade movement and
the risk of blade-shatter.
14. Inadequate securing of anchor points – These can cause a fixed saw to break free
from its track fittings.
15. A beard, loose hair, or loose clothing – These can cause the operator to become
entangled with moving saw blades, drill bits and other moving parts.
16. Hand-held saw cutting above shoulder or below knee-height – This can reduce
operator control and increase the risk of kick-back, push-back or pull-in injury.
17. Cutting concrete pipes – This requires special safe procedures to prevent the pipe
from rolling or moving during cutting, particularly when a handheld saw is used. A
specific hazard during pipe cutting is pressure from the raised flange on the pipe-end
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 57
causing the cut to close and pinch the saw blade, resulting in kick-back or blade
shatter injury. Other hazards include the presence of steel reinforcing mesh in
concrete pipes, and a practice sometimes used for pipe-cutting involving a series of
plunge cuts around a pre-drawn line on the pipe‟s outer surface.
18. Toxic fumes – Without adequate ventilation, petrol motor emissions containing
carbon monoxide and other toxic gases can build up to hazardous levels.
19. Insufficient guarding – Guarding on some concrete or masonry saws is more
effective than on others. When purchasing, consider the adequacy of guarding. Part
of a safe work procedure should be to ensure that the manufacturer‟s recommended
guarding is fitted to such saws. Removing guarding can greatly increase injury risk.
20. Electric wires, gas or water pipes – Exposing services, especially in existing
structures, can put the operator at risk of slipping, electrocution, exposure to toxic
gases, or explosion.
21. Power cords – When attached to electric-powered cutting equipment and other
machinery, these may be cut or damaged. Pools of water coolant and slurry could
cause electrocution due to an immersed cord.
22. Uneven or unstable surfaces – These can increase the likelihood that the operator
may trip or stumble, causing an unexpected movement of the blade resulting in kick-
back.
23. Wet, slippery floors – Coolant water and slurry on floors can cause slips and falls.
24. Obstructions in access ways – Blocks of masonry and bricks in areas where the
operator and others must stand, work, or move can cause trips and falls.
25. Vibration – Whole body or hand or arm vibration caused by prolonged use of cutting
or drilling equipment can cause nerve, circulatory, and joint damage.
26. Working alone – This can be hazardous because of the potential need for
assistance in the event of an emergency situation or injury.
27. Noise – Excessive noise from concrete cutting and drilling is a workplace hazard.
Refer t
The most likely risks of injury or harm come from:
 flying saw fragments;
 saw kick-back, push-back, or pull-in;
 out-of-control or free-running cutting machines;
 falling concrete and masonry;
 inadequate scaffolding;
 noise;
 electrocution;
 hazardous dusts from dry cutting and drilling, such as silica dust,
contributing to lung disease;
 slips, trips and falls;
 manual handling or strain injuries;
 vibration damage to circulation, nerves and joints; and
 suffocation or poisoning from hazardous fumes or gases emitted by petrol
motors and other equipment or damaged gas supply services.
COMMON RISKS
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 58
How do we control risks?
1. Hazard Identification. This includes, but not limited to, regular review of safety
procedures for each type of equipment and job, regular checking of information,
regular inspection of equipment before each job, and checking the possible
presence and location of obstructions.
2. Risk Assessment. Assessing risks involves calculating the likelihood and severity
of injury or harm resulting from identified hazards.
3. Controlling Risks. Control risks by introducing safety measures to eliminate or
minimize the risk of a person being exposed to a hazard.
Safety Procedures
Hazard identification and risk assessment procedures should be carried out for each
type of concrete or masonry cutting or drilling job, in order to develop, implement and
maintain control measures for each item of equipment and each job.
1. Control measures should be regularly reviewed.
 Workplace communication and consultation
 Safety and health committee meetings
 Regular equipment and work safety checks
 Incident, accident and near-miss records
 Injury and lost time records
 Repair and maintenance reports
2. Workers should be continuously trained specifically on information and instruction
on:
 Workplace safety and health
 hazards and risks associated with work activities
 Safe work practices and procedures, safe handling (including lifting and
moving), safe operation of equipment, and the control measures in place
 Safe use of equipment, electrical safety, safety in confined spaces and
other training required under hazard-specific regulations
 Hazardous substances relevant to the work to be performed
 Correct use, fit, and care of PPE, tools and equipment and why the
equipment is needed
 Emergency and first aid procedures
 Sun protection to prevent skin cancer
 Fire protection
 Information on dust, fumes, and air quality
 Recognition of poorly ventilated areas and confined spaces
RISK MANAGEMENT
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 59
Directions: Choose the letter of the best answer. Write your answer on your answer sheet.
1. It is simply the application of workable principles that increases the awareness and
ability of the workers to be more productive and efficient without sacrificing their
safety and the product quality.
A. Occupational health and safety C. Work procedure
B. Risk management D. Work simplification
2. Which primarily uses least resources in the workplace?
A. Occupational health and safety C. Work procedure
B. Risk management D. Work simplification
3. What government agency is responsible primarily for setting and enforcing
mandatory occupational health and safety standards through appropriate orders?
A. Department of Public Works and Highways
B. Civil Service Commission
C. Department of Labor and Employment
D. Department of Budget and Management
4. Which is NOT a Personal Protective Equipment?
A. helmets C. clothing
B. goggles D. none of the above
5. Which is a common hazard?
A. obstructions C. hazardous dusts
B. damaged saw blades D. all of the above
6. Which is a risk?
A. Out-of-control cutting machine C. power cords
B. Vibration D. beard, loose hair, loose clothing
7. Which is a step on risk management?
A. Identification of Safety Procedures C. Training the workers
B. Hazard Identification D. Education
8. Which is a control measure on accident prevention?
A. Workplace communication and consultation
B. Safety and health committee meetings
C. Regular equipment and work safety checks
D. Education
How Much Have You Learned?
Self-Check 2.1
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 60
9. Which is the emphasis of continuous training of the workers as hazard/risk
management measure?
A. Workplace safety and health
B. Emergency and first aid procedures
C. Hazards and risks associated with work activities
D. All of the above
10. Who are covered by the Occupational Health and Safety Regulations?
A. Employers C. Self-employed
B. Workers D. All of the above
I. For the created teams. A team will be selected to perform the main activity.
1. The selected team shall re-arrange the shop layout according to the pointers
on work simplification designed to minimize occupational hazards, thus
promotes workers health and safety.
2. The team shall be given 15 minutes to prepare a plan which shall be
executed for a maximum of 10 minutes.
3. The team performance shall be evaluated by the audience using deliberative
judging.
II. For the audience-judges. Those who were not selected as team members shall
play the role of audience-judges. While the team deliberates on the shop layout
to be executed, the audience-judges:
1. conduct a buzz session headed by a leader who shall act as the supreme
judge in order to craft a rubric for the team performance;
2. shall present individually their comments/remarks backed up with appropriate
justifications after the team has performed its task. The team members shall
not make any comment or remark; instead, they shall listen or give an answer
whenever asked.
3. The final rating of the team shall be announced by the supreme judge who
shall act as mediator or set a ruling, whenever possible.
Each group shall initiate a 10 minute-panel discussion on Occupational Health and Safety.
The following are the general guidelines for the groups in holding the panel discussion:
Refer to the Answer Key. What is your score?
HowDo YouApplyWhatYou HaveLearned?
Activity Sheet 2.1
Activity Sheet 2.2
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 61
 The group may invite experienced persons who shall sit as panel guests. The group
members shall serve as panelists, therefore, they are responsible for shooting
particular questions or topics for discussion.
 Identified group members may play the role of experienced guests who are
responsible for shading lights on the issues or concerns on hand; Others shall play
as panelists and responsible for running a quality show.
Panel Discussion Rubric
Symbols and Meaning:
___+ Consistently ___ Usually ___- Seldom
Knowledge:
____ The student (group) used research to advance arguments and defend positions.
____ Research was effectively applied to arguments.
Understanding:
____ The student (group) demonstrates understanding of the issue.
____ The student (group) presented key points.
____ The student (group) presented original ideas.
____ The student (group) was able to use examples or analogies to defend an
argument.
____ The student (group) demonstrated empathy for the cause he or she represented.
____ The student (group) showed respect for others‟ opinions.
Communication:
____ The student (group) was logical in presenting arguments.
____ The student (group) was able to communicate effectively and clearly.
____ The student (group) incorporated key terminology/vocabulary.
Participation:
____ The student contributed to the discussion.
____ The student tended to dominate a discussion, thereby hindering others‟
participation.
For group evaluation:
____ All students participated in the discussion.
____ Students within the group tended to dominate discussion within the group,
hindering other group members‟ participation?
Find out by accomplishing the Scoring Rubric honestly and sincerely. Remember it is
your learning at stake!
How Well Did You Perform?
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 62
Congratulations! You did a great job! Rest
and relax a while then move on to the next
lesson. Good luck!
Directions: On pieces of short size bond paper, prepare pre-site safety checklist and
materials, tools and equipment checklist. Be sure that important elements of a checklist are
covered or included.
How Do You Extend Your Learning?
Assignment Sheet 2.1
LO 1
 www.co.kern.ca.us/cao/policy/12.pdf (Accidents)
 http://images.search.yahoo.com/search/images;_ylt=A0PDoS.Q40VP2hoAbxy
JzbkF?p=cooperation&fr=yfp-t-701&ei=utf-8&n=30&x=wrt&y=Search
 TESDA Handouts
 Pardinas, J. (2012). Handout on Signs and Symbols.
 http://museumca.org/goldrush/curriculum/we_accuse/tgrouprubric.html
LO 2
 http://www.answers.com/topic/work-simplification
 http://wiki.answers.com/Q/Why_is_work_simplification_important&src=ansTT
 http://jobaccess.gov.au/Advice/JobRequirement/Pages/Work_simplification.aspx
 http://www.productivity.in/knowledgebase/Industrial%20Engineering%20Docs/b.
%20Methods%20Engineering/2.5%20Work%20Simplification.pdf
 http://medical-dictionary.thefreedictionary.com/work+simplification
 http://www.sarihands.com/page22/page6/page6.html
 http://www.ehow.com/list_6545478_safety-procedures-workplace.html
 http://ezinearticles.com/?Workplace-Safety-Tips---My-Top-Ten-List&id=285032
 http://www.hg.org/workplace-safety-law.html
 http://www.ehow.com/how_5130592_report-workplace-accidents.html
 http://images.search.yahoo.com/search/images;_ylt=A0oGdbicXUdPzzcAip1XNy
oA?p=disorganized%20workplace&fr=yfp-t-701-s&fr2=piv-web
 http://www.hrmasia.com/employment-law-asia/philippines/49406/#4
 http://www-tc.pbs.org/pov/pov2001/promises/lessonplan.pdf
REFERENCES
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 63
Observe procedures, specifications, and
manuals of instructions
LESSON 3
LO 1. Identify access, and interpret materials specification;
LO 2. Apply information from the manual; and
LO 3. Store the manuals.
LEARNING OUTCOMES:
At the end of this Lesson, you are expected to
do the following:
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 64
Accessing – the process of entering information or data
Application - the observance of or putting into the work or job specifications provided for in
the manual of instruction
Catalogues - the book containing list of items, object or materials /parts
Construction sector - the group or field of specialization
Data - the factual information applied to any given task
Instructional materials - reading materials, such as books, manuals, video tapes, CD‟s and
other related items
Manual - book catalogue that explains how to use certain materials, tools or equipment
Specification - the descriptive characteristics of a certain manual, job, or type of work
Store - the process of keeping the manuals or any documents to prevent them from being
damaged
Storing cabinet - a wooden or steel enclosure where manuals and catalogues are stored
Version - how certain data are encoded
TABS - labels or tags attached at the edge of certain pages of a book or compilation
Warranty period - the number of days, months or years that a certain item purchased or
delivered is guaranteed by the supplier or the source for repair or replacement if found
damaged or destroyed under normal conditions
Definition of Terms
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 65
Directions: Choose the letter of the best answer. Write your answer on your answer sheet.
1. It is also called owner‟s manual.
A. parts manual C. operator‟s manual
B. service manual D. diagnostic manual
2. Which is NOT included in an operator‟s manual?
A. basic maintenance C. specification
B. safety information D. parts number
3. It is a type of manual where the part number and brief description are indicated.
A. operator C. service
B. part D. repair
4. It is also called the shop/repair manual
A. service C. part
B. repair D. operator
5. Which is NOT included in the service manual?
A. shop C. technical
B. repair D. none of them
What Do You Already Know?
Identify access and interpret specification materials
LEARNING OUTCOME 1
 Manuals are identified and accessed per job requirements.
 Version and date of manual are checked to ensure that correct specifications
and procedures are identified.
 Relevant sections, chapters, and specifications in the manuals are located in
relation to the work to be conducted.
 Information and procedure in the manual are interpreted in accordance with
industry practices.
PERFORMANCE STANDARDS
Pretest LO 1
Let us determine how much you already know about identifying access and
interpreting specification materials. Take this test.
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 66
6. This refers to the steps performing certain task.
A. procedure C. specification
B. instruction D. manual
7. It is a type of manual where entries are very detailed.
A. parts C. operator
B. service D. shop
8. It is also called book manual or catalog manual.
A. repair C. parts
B. service D. shop
9. This refers to the descriptive characteristics or materials/tools.
A. specification C. data
B. version D. manual
10. It is a type of manual where basic maintenance and safety
information are specified.
A. service C. repair
B. shop D. open book
A manual contains a systematic process that which describes in a very clear and
step-by-step procedure. Otherwise, it will be a confusing manual which leaves the reader no
better able to complete the process after reading it than he or she was before. Normally, it
uses diagrams to clarify information that would be difficult to convey accurately in words.
Also, use them for information that is so complex as to be confusing to the reader without a
visual representation of the item, part or process to which he can refer as he carries out the
manual's instructions.
What Do You Need To Know?
Read Information Sheet 1.1 very well then find out how much you can remember
and how much you learned by doing Self-check 1.1.
Information Sheet 1.1
MANUAL
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 67
Manuals /catalogues should be identified per job description. They must be updated
and checked to ensure their content is updated. Manuals /catalogues should be stored
properly to avoid damage.
TYPES OF MANUAL
1. Operator’s Manual is called owner‟s manual, instructional book, and handbook. It
shows how to safely operate and use a machine. Usually it includes basic
maintenance, safety information and specifications.
The biggest and most important sections of an operator‟s manual should
include: company policies, topics off limits for representatives and detailed answers
to the most common questions
2. Parts Manual is also called parts book, parts catalog, or spare parts list used by
representatives or dealer. It contains exploded parts, their relationship and location.
Usually, it includes the part number and their brief description.
3. Service Manual is also called shop, repair, workshop and technical manual. Some of
the types are very detailed, while some are shortened versions or specific areas of
repair –ex. Hydraulic system only.
A repair manual which is a service manual has the following sections: parts
guide, symptom/solution troubleshooting matrix, contact information, routine
maintenance, document conventions section, glossary, table of contents.
Signs and Symbols
Most manuals of any type contain instructions, specifications, or certain information
accompanied by different signs and symbols for clarity and emphasis. Some are used to
caution or alarm the reader. Signs and symbols used are dependent upon the type of
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 68
manual. However, there are similar symbols and signs which are found in almost all manuals
of different types.
Below are some signs and symbols that are found in various manuals:
Directions: Choose the letter of the best answer. Write your answer on your answer sheet.
1. It is also called owner‟s manual.
A. parts manual C. operator‟s manual
B. service manual D. diagnostic manual
2. Which is NOT included in an operator‟s manual?
A. basic maintenance C. specification
B. safety information D. parts number
3. It is a type of manual where the part number and brief description are indicated.
A. operator manual C. service manual
B. part s lists D. repair manual
4. It is also called the shop/repair manual
A. service manual C. parts lists
B. repair manual D. operator manual
How Much Have You Learned?
Self-Check 1.1
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 69
5. Which is NOT included in the service manual?
A. shop C. technical
B. repair D. none of them
6. This refers to the steps performing certain task.
A. procedure C. specification
B. instruction D. manual
7. It is a type of manual where entries are very detailed.
A. parts list C. operator manual
B. service manual D. shop
8. It is also called book manual or catalog manual.
A. repair manual C. parts lists
B. service manual D. shop
9. This refers to the descriptive characteristics or materials/tools.
A. specification C. data
B. version D. manual
10. It is a type of manual where basic maintenance and safety
information are specified.
A. service C. repair
B. shop D. open book
Directions: Answer the following questions by writing the correct answer on the blank
provided.
1. What are the different types of manuals?
a. _____________________________________________________
b. _____________________________________________________
c. _____________________________________________________
2. How many versions does each manual have?
___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
Show that you learned something by doing this activity.
Refer to the Answer Key. What is your score?
HowDo YouApplyWhatYou HaveLearned?
Activity Sheet 1.1
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 70
Directions: This is group work.
1. Gather different manuals (photocopies) and classify them according to types.
2. Find out the commonalities of manuals in each type in terms of major parts/sections,
signs and symbols used, and healthy tips or precautionary measures.
3. Also, find out the latest updates in each of the manuals by taking into account the
publication date and version.
Be ready to report your output to the class for discussion.
How Do You Extend Your Learning?
Assignment Sheet 1.1
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 71
Directions: Choose the letter of the best answer. Write the answer on your answer sheet.
1. Which is supplied with TABS printed on the edges of each page for each section?
A. owner's manual C. service manual
B. parts manual D. warranty manual
2. Why sections of manual should be well-arranged?
A. To facilitate reference especially of the first-time owner.
B. Because the pertinent laws so require.
C. To encourage more customers.
D. To show the importance of the manual.
3. Which is a section of the manual?
A. What‟s in the Box C. Special features
B. Basic use D. All of the above
4. It is a large table that lists common problems user might encounter with a known
cause and solution.
A. Setup C. Connections
B. Troubleshooting D. Specifications
5. This is sometimes provided as a separate sheet.
A. Getting Started C. Warranty Information
B. Advanced Use D. Specifications
What Do You Already Know?
Apply information from the manuals
LEARNING OUTCOME 2
 Work steps are correctly identified in accordance with the manufacturer‟s
specifications.
 Manual data are applied according to the given task.
 Manual or specification is stored appropriately to prevent damage, ready
access and updating of information when required in accordance with
company requirements

PERFORMANCE STANDARDS
Let us determine how much you already know about applying information in the
manuals. Take this test.
Pretest LO 2
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 72
6. It explains to the readers what needs to be done first before they continue with the
manual.
A. Getting Started C. Warranty Information
B. Advanced Use D. Specifications
7. Which describes the step-by-step procedure?
A. Setup C. Connections
B. Troubleshooting D. Specifications
8. Which contains all basic operations?
A. What‟s in the box C. Special features
B. Basic use D. Getting started
9. When is the detailed repair information added to the manual?
A. 18th
Century C. 20th
Century
B. 19th
Century D. 21st
Century
10. Why is it that this manual should be multilingual?
A. To encourage more customers.
B. To ensure that this is understood.
C. So that the same box product can be sold in many different markets.
D. To showcase the best of the products.
11. It is an indispensible document in a shop.
A. owner‟s manual C. parts manual
B. service manual D. All of the above
12. Which is needed when accomplishing a project or job?
A. owner‟s manual C. parts manual
B. service manual D. All of the above
13. It is kept for future reference.
A. equipment C. materials
B. manuals D. manuals
14. Which is the most appropriate storage place for these manuals?
A. Box C. on top of the table
B. Cabinet D. anywhere
15. Why should manuals be kept properly?
A. They are expensive. C. They can be used for future references.
B. They are not easy to find. D. All of the above.
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 73
An owner‟s manual (also called as instructional manual) is an instructional book or
booklet that is supplied with almost all technologically advanced consumer product such as
vehicles, appliances and computer peripherals. It is a reference tool which means it is
supplied with TABS printed on the edges of each page for each section. These sections are
well-arranged for easy reference especially of the first-time owner.
Generally, these sections include the following:
 What's in the Box. It is what the customers need to know when they open the
box in case something is missing. Parts are in full basic form. Example: Player,
remote, cable, manual, and batteries. There are pictures of these parts for facility
purposes as some users may be inexperienced and need assistance in
identifying parts.
 Getting Started. It explains to the readers what needs to be done first before
they continue with the manual. This includes removing hidden packing material
inside the device, removing a transit screw or installing a part that must be
installed before starting such as an ink cartridge, or removing clear protective
plastic film over displays or other parts.
 Connections (or Installing). It includes the step-by-step directions. In case of
connecting or installing a device, it shows action photos of the product being
installed. Photos are very important. The manual is of great help due to its
photos.
 Setup (or Configuration). In this section, the step-by-step directions with images
on how to configure or setup your product are included. Detailed steps are
enumerated with clear photos or screen shots.
 Basic Use (or Operation). In this section, all basic operations are listed. These
basic operations are to be used daily.
 Advanced Use (or Operation). In this section, all advanced operations are listed
which will be performed mainly by advanced users.
 Special Features. These are those that set the product apart from others.
 Troubleshooting. This section is a large table that lists common problems user
might encounter with a known cause and solution. It includes general issues like
"Sound but no video", "Video but no sound", "Starts up but shuts itself off again".
What Do You Need To Know?
Read Information Sheet 2.1 very well then find out how much you can remember
and how much you learned by doing Self-check 2.1.
Information Sheet 2.1
APPLICATION OF SPECIFICATION FROM THE MANUALS
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 74
 Specifications. In this area, list of electrical specifications, physical dimensions,
weight, fidelity specs is found. Also, list of limitations such as a sound meter's
range, the maximum power output of an amplifier or maximum speed of a drill or
saw is specified.
 Parts List. This area provides an exploded view of the device. The parts listed
cover all detailed parts with part numbers and names. This page also includes a
phone number, website, and email address to obtain replacement parts as
appropriate for the product.
 Warranty information. This is sometimes provided as a separate sheet.
Until the last decade or two of the twentieth century, it was common for an owner‟s
manual to include detailed repair information such as a circuit diagram. However, as
products became more complex, this information was gradually relegated to specialized
service manual, or dispensed with entirely as devices became too inexpensive to be
economically repaired.
Owner manuals for simpler devices are often multilingual so that the same boxed
product can be sold in many different markets. Sometimes, the same manual is shipped with
a range of related products such that the manual contains a number of sections that apply
only to some particular models in the product range.
Fig.1. Keeping the Manuals
Manuals, as discussed previously in this module, are indispensable documents as
with tools and equipment needed in fixing the masonry materials. Any project or job needs
some bases such as these manuals to bring them to completion. Considering the importance
role they play, these manuals should be kept properly for future job or service reference. If
possible, they have to be covered with plastic cover to preserve their life. Proper labeling
should be done by type for facility. Thus, storing should be by type.
STORING THE MANUALS
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 75
These manuals should be stored in cabinets or shelves away from sunlight or harm
brought about by insects or house pest such as rats. Extra care should be exercised for
finding replacements is not that easy should also be kept in a strategic location for easy
access. Moreover, they should be returned to their respective places after use.
Directions: Identify which manual to be accessed given the following situations. Write
your answer on the space provided.
1. A product needs to be installed at home _______________________
2. Something went wrong with the device you are using. You want to know how to
fix it _______________________
3. The device you need to use arrived in pieces, you must assemble it properly
______________________________
4. You need to know the power rating and the power consumption of the device
you are using ________________________
5. An accident should be avoided while using a device _________________
Direction: Choose the letter of the best answer. Write the answer on your answer sheet.
1. It is an indispensible document in a shop.
A. owner‟s manual C. parts manual
B. service manual D. All of the above
2. Which is needed when accomplishing a project or job?
A. owner‟s manual C. parts manual
B. service manual D. All of the above
3. It is kept for future reference.
A. equipment C. materials
B. manuals D. tools
4. Which is the most appropriate storage place for these manuals?
A. Box C. on top of the table
B. Cabinet D. anywhere
5. Why should manuals be kept properly?
A. They are expensive. C. They can be used for future
reference.
B. They are not easy to find. D. All of the above.
How Much Have You Learned?
Self-Check 2.1
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 76
I. Answer the following questions by writing your answer on the blank provided.
A. What are the different work steps in manufacturer‟s specification?
1. ___________________________________________________________
2. ___________________________________________________________
3. ___________________________________________________________
4. ___________________________________________________________
5. ___________________________________________________________
B. Generally, what are the major sections of a manual?
1._________________________________
2._________________________________
3._________________________________
4._________________________________
5._________________________________
6._________________________________
7._________________________________
8._________________________________
9._________________________________
10.________________________________
11.________________________________
C. How can you apply the manual data?
______________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________
II. If you were a shop owner, what rules would you implement as far as handling of manuals
is concerned? Formulate your own rules to be observed by your workers.
Show that you learned something by doing this activity.
HowDo YouApplyWhatYou HaveLearned?
Activity Sheet 2.1
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 77
Shop Name: __________________________________________ Date:___________
Person Interviewed:_____________________________________________________
ASSESSMENT CRITERIA Evident Not So Not at
Evident All
1. Pages of the manuals are
checked for sequencing from
front to back cover _________ __________ ____________
2. Manuals are stacked
according to sizes and type _________ __________ ____________
3. The manual in storage box or cabinets
are labeled and alphabetically
arranged according to titles _________ __________ ____________
4. Manuals are stored in a clean,
cool, chemical-free, heat-free and
extreme sunlight area. _________ __________ ____________
5. Stored manuals are accessible
anytime when needed. _________ __________ _____________
I. How can you perform some specifications in the manual? Interview other shop teacher or
a shop worker.
II. Visit some shops and observe how the manuals are handled and stored. You may also ask
some tips from the shop workers or owner as to handling of these manuals. Then, accomplish
this activity when you get back home by putting a tick mark on the appropriate space of the
assessment criteria provided based on the shop visit that you conducted.
Find out by accomplishing the Scoring Rubric honestly and sincerely. Remember it is
your learning at stake!
How Well Did You Perform?
How Do You Extend Your Learning?
Assignment Sheet 2.1
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 78
Congratulations! You did a great job! Rest
and relax a while then move on to the next
lesson. Good luck!
LO 1
 http://images.search.yahoo.com/search/images;_ylt=A2KJkIazlktPMnwAki
eJzbkF?p=signs+and+symbols+in+the+product+manuals&fr=yfp-t-
701&ei=utf-8&n=30&x=wrt&y=Search
 http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Owner%27s_manual
 http://www.ehow.com/how_2103182_write-customer-service-manual.html
 http://www.ehow.com/how_5730128_write-repair-manual.html
 http://www.ehow.com/how_2273446_write-manual
 http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Instruction_manual
LO 2
 http://www.ehow.com/how_5140680_write-user-manual.html
 http://www.ehow.com/how_4827020_write-user-manual-software.html
LO 3
 http://images.search.yahoo.com/search/images;_ylt=A2KJkIazlktPMnwAki
eJzbkF?p=signs+and+symbols+in+the+product+manuals&fr=yfp-t-
701&ei=utf-8&n=30&x=wrt&y=Search
 http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Owner%27s_manual
 http://www.ehow.com/how_2103182_write-customer-service-manual.html
REFERENCES
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 79
Perform mensurations and calculations
LESSON 4
LO 1. carry out measurement and calculations; and
LO 2. select measuring instruments.
LEARNING OUTCOMES:
At the end of this Lesson, you are expected to
do the following:
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 80
3-Dimensional figures – solid objects that have length, width, and height
Convert – change something into another form, substance, state, or product; transform
Dimension – measure of spatial extent, especially width, height, or length
Displacement – vector or the magnitude of a vector from the initial position to a subsequent
position assumed by a body
Face – flat surface of an object
Magnitude – number assigned to a quantity, such as weight, and used as a basis of
comparison for the measurement of similar quantities
Polygon – plane figure made up of three or more closed line segments
Scaffold – temporary platform, either supported from below or suspended from above, on
which workers sit or stand when performing tasks at heights above the ground
Shapes – objects, outlines or figures as visualized by the observer/s
Side – line segment of a polygon
Structure – something made up of a number of parts that are held or put together in a
particular way
Definition of Terms
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 81
Directions: Choose the letter of the best answer. Write the answer on your answer sheet.
1. Why is there a need for considering the dimensions of the given work before its
accomplishment?
A. To determine the materials needed.
B. To avoid or minimize waste of resources.
C. To be able to know the total expenses.
D. All of the above.
2. If the distance of 2 posts is 5 meters, how many pieces of concrete hollow block are
needed for two layers where each CHB is 0.40 m?
A. 10 pieces C. 25 pieces
B. 12.5 pieces D. 25.5 pieces
3. Which tells us not only the magnitude but also the direction?
A. Mensuration C. Scalar quantity
B. Conversion D. Vector quantity
4. Which is used to measure length or distance, width, and height?
A. Pull-push-rule C. Spirit level
B. Tape measure D. Ruler
5. Which is the length of a CHB?
A. 16 ft C. 16 m
B. 16 in D. 16 cm
What Do You Already Know?
Carry out measurement and calculations
LEARNING OUTCOME 1
Pretest LO 1
Let us determine how much you already know about carrying out measurement
and calculations. Take this test.
 Calculation needed to complete work tasks done.
 Accurate measurements are obtained according to job requirements.
 Systems of measurement are identified and converted according to job
requirements.
 Measure work pieces according to job requirements.
PERFORMANCE STANDARDS
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 82
One of the reasons why we need to measure is to help us determine how much
material is needed for a certain piece of work.
Example: We need to measure the distance between two posts to determine how
many concrete Hollow Blocks would fit in for one layer. If the clear distance between 2 posts
is 4 meters, how many CHB will be used for the first layer? (The length of a CHB is 0.40 m)
4 m
Divide 4 m by 0.4 m 4 ÷ 0.4
The quotient is 10 4 ÷ 0.4 = 10
Therefore, there are 10 pcs of CHB that will be used for one layer
Kinds of Measurement
Generally there are 2 kinds of measurement
1. Scalar quantity – this tells us only the magnitude or amount of quantity
Example 1. Length – 2 m
Example 2. Area = 4.5 sq. m or 4.5 m2
2. Vector quantity – this tells us not only the magnitude but also the direction.
Example 1. Force = 20 Newtons to the right (without the direction the 20
Newtons is senseless)
Example 2. Displacement = S20 m, N 350
E
Measuring Instruments/Measuring Tools
The measuring tape or the so-called push-pull rule is usually used to measure length,
distance, and width.
What Do You Need To Know?
Read Information Sheet 1.1 very well then find out how much you can
remember and how much you learned by doing Self-check 1.1.
Information Sheet 1.1
MENSURATION
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 83
There are times that standard measuring tools are not on hand when we are on the
working site. With these unlikely situations, the resourcefulness of the worker is needed. The
following materials can be used.
1. Plywood - The longer side is measuring 8 feet.
- The shorter side is measuring 4 feet.
- Each of the 4 corners is 900
2. CHB - (regardless of its thickness) the length is 16 inches
- The width is 8 inches. Refer to Figure 1 below:
3. Reinforcing Steel Bars (Kabilya) the length is 6 m although there are other
commercial lengths, that is 7.5 m, 9 m, 12 m, etc. but usually it measures 6 m.
4. Cigarettes (100‟s) menthol 100‟s measures 100 mm or 10 cm roughly equal to 4
inches. (Smoking is prohibited on the working site.)
Here, we will deal only with scalar quantity. As far as measuring work is concerned,
we will be dealing only with measurement of length, area, and volume.
Length, distance, height and depth –
these are examples of one-dimensional
quantity that could be measured in terms of
meter, feet, inches, centimeter millimeter,
and others. Since, these tell us how far
apart points are, simply place the zero (0)
mark of the measuring tape coinciding with
the first point of the object to be measured.
Whatever the value on the measuring tape
that will coincide the second point is the
measurement of the object. Refer to Figure
2 below:
1. Area – quantity that expresses the extent of two-dimensional surface or shape. In
most cases, only the dimension is being measured and the area itself is
computed.
Example: What is the area of this rectangle?
2 m
3 m
The area of the rectangle can be computed by multiplying the length by its
width
A = L x W
= 3m x 2m
A = 6 m2
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 84
2. Volume – three-dimensional space enclosed by some boundaries like area,
volume also can be computed after measuring the necessary dimension.
Example: What is the area of this rectangular prism?
0.5 m
2 m
3 m
The area of the rectangular prism can be computed by multiplying the length, width
and the thickness
V = L x w x h
= 3m x 2m x 0.5m
= 3 m3
Conversion
Why is there a need for converting units? We need to convert a quantity from one
unit to another in order to:
1. Compare the given quantities
Example: 1 m + 2 ft = ___ (Definitely, the total is neither 2 meters nor 2 feet)
2. Use a particular formula
Example: Number of CHB = A x 12.5 pcs/m2
Where A = area in m2
12.5 is constant to find the number of pieces of CHB.
If area is in square feet, the given formula cannot be used.
Convert 10 ft. into meters (from English to metric system). Solutions are shown below:
1. English System to Metric System (fraction method)
10 ft = ___?___m
 conversion factor: 3.28 ft = 1 m
 make two ratios : 3.28 ft OR 1 m
1 m 3.28 ft
 choose the ratio that will cancel the given unit : 1 m
3.28 ft
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 85
 multiply the given quantity to the chosen ration and
cancel the given unit:
10 ft 1 m = 10 m
3.28 ft 3.28
Therefore; 10 ft = 3.048 m
OR
2. English System to Metric System (SI method)
 Formula: feet X 0.305 = meter where: 0.305 is constant
10 ft X 0.305 = 3.05 m
Directions: Choose the letter of the best answer. Write the answer on your answer sheet.
1. Why is there a need for considering the dimensions of the given work before its
accomplishment?
A. To determine the materials needed.
B. To avoid or minimize waste of resources.
C. To be able to know the total expenses.
D. All of the above.
2. If the distance of 2 posts is 5 meters, how many pieces of CHB are needed for two layers
where each CHB is 0.40 m?
A. 10 pcs. C. 25 pcs.
B. 12.5 pcs. D. 25.5 pcs.
3. Which tells us not only the magnitude but also the direction?
A. Mensuration C. Scalar quantity
B. Conversion D. Vector quantity
4. Which is usually used to measure length or distance, width, height, etc.?
A. Pull-push-rule C. Spirit level
B. Tape measure D. Ruler
5. Which is the length of a CHB?
A. 16 ft C. 16 m
B. 16 in D. 16 cm
Refer to the Answer Key. What is your score?
How Much Have You Learned?
Self-Check 1.1
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 86
Directions: Answer the following item. Show your solution.
1. What is the total area of a rectangle if the length is 8.5 m and the width is 4.5 m?
2. Find out the total area of a rectangular prism if the length is 8 inches, width is 4
inches, and height is 5 inches?
3. If an inch is 2.54 centimeters, how many centimeters are there in 8 inches?
4. What is the equivalent of 13 feet in meters?
5. Find out the total volume of a cube if the thickness is 4 in, width is 6 in, and length is
6 in?
If you got:
 5 correct answers, congratulations! You are competent in calculations;
 4 correct answers, your knowledge and skills in calculations is just average;
 0 to 3 correct answers, you need to review your notes on calculations or you may ask
your teacher for further explanation and exercises.
Directions: Take the measurement of your main door at home. The unit to be used is feet.
Convert measurements in meter showing your computation. Then, lay down the converted
measurements beside the illustration of your main door to be drawn below:
 Our main door at home:
How Do You Extend Your Learning?
Find out by accomplishing the Scoring Rubric honestly and sincerely. Remember it is
your learning at stake!
How Well Did You Perform?
Show that you learned something by doing this activity.
HowDo YouApplyWhatYou HaveLearned?
Activity Sheet 1.1
Assignment Sheet 1.1
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 87
Directions: Choose the letter of the best answer. Write the answer on your answer sheet.
1. Which provides variation and charm in buildings?
A. Polygons C. Plane Figures
B. Sold Figures D. Shapes
2. Which is a plane figure?
A. Triangle C. Octagon
B. Pentagon D. All of the above
3. Which of the following have many angles?
A. Polygon C. Plane Figure
B. Solid Figure D. Cone
4. It has a solid figure that has curved surfaces and can roll.
A. Plane Figure C. Sphere
B. Solid Figure D. Cone
5. Which has faces?
A B C. D. All of the above
What Do You Already Know?
Select measuring instrument
LEARNING OUTCOME 2
 Measuring tools are selected /identified per object to be
measured.
 Correct specifications are obtained from relevant sources.
 Measuring instruments are selected according to job
requirements.
 Alternative measuring tools are used without sacrificing cost and
quality work.
 Measurements are obtained according to job requirements.
PERFORMANCE STANDARDS
Pretest LO 2
Let us determine how much you already know about selecting measuring
instrument. Take this test.
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 88
Geometric shapes are all around us – in the buildings where we live the cars we ride
in, even the food we eat.
Shapes are evident in all architecture. They provide variation and charm in buildings.
When applied to manufactured articles such as printed fabrics, wallpapers, and tile flooring,
shapes enhance the beauty of the structure itself.
We should realize we are surrounded by many different kinds of shapes every day.
Polygons and Solid Figures
Many of these shapes are two-dimensional plane figures. Plane figures made up of three or
more closed line segments are polygons. Each line segment of a polygon is a side.
Polygons are classified by the number of sides.
Figure 1. Plane Figures
The word polygon is derived from the Greek words meaning many angles. A polygon is a
closed plane figure formed by three or more line segments which intersect only at their
endpoints. Each endpoint is common to exactly two segments.
Unlike plane figures, solid figures are not flat; they have three dimensions.
Some solid figures have curved surfaces; they can roll.
What Do You Need To Know?
Information Sheet 2.1
Read Information Sheet 2.1 very well then find out how much you can remember
and how much you learned by doing Self-check 2.1.
VISUALIZING OBJECTS AND SHAPES SPECIFICALLY
GEOMETRIC SHAPES
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 89
Solid figures are 3-dimensional figures that have length, width, and height.
Figure 2. Solid Figures
Notice that the cone and cylinder have both curved and flat surfaces. Flat surfaces
are called faces. The faces of the cone and cylinder are circles.
The faces of some solid figures are polygons.
Volume = L x W x H
Cube H
W

L
Figure 3. Solid Figures
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 90
Here are examples on how the world uses geometric shapes in buildings and structure.
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 91
All accurate ways used for magnificent works in masonry emphasize the importance
of quality and speed. In this regard, appropriate use of rulers, squares and levels allows you
to layout a project accurately.
Layout Tools
1. MEASURING TAPE . Instrument used to measure vertical
height/depth of excavation.
2. WOODEN BLOCK hook onto the corner of a
block and the string stretches tightly between
them to serve as a guide for all of the blocks in
the course.
3. MASON BLOCKS AND STRING. String
stretches tightly between them to serve as a
guide for all of the blocks in the course.
4. FRAMING SQUARE. Square up
measurements and draw cut lines for form
boards used a combination square. A framing
square is handy for checking corners.
5. CHALK LINE. You need chalk line box to snap
guideline.
SELECTING MEASURING INSTRUMENTS
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 92
6. MEASURING BOX. A traditional box used to
measure a proportion of gravel and sand with the
dimension of 12” wide; 12” in long; 12” in deep
width net volume of 1 cu. Foot or 0.30 m x 0.30 m
x 0.30m. Take note that these dimensions are
inside the box.
7. PLUMB BOB. Tool used to check the correct
vertical alignment of a structure.
8. LEVEL HOSE WITH WATER.
This used to check the correct
horizontal alignment of a
structure.
9. BOARD OR PLYWOOD. This
serves as scaffolds and forms
and supports concrete.
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 93
I. Identify the kind of geometric shape shown below. Write your answer on the blank
provided.
1. __________________________
2. __________________________
3. _________________________
4. _________________________
II. Identify the masonry measuring tools being described in each of the following sentences.
___________1. It is used to check the correct horizontal alignment of the structure.
___________2. A sharp pointed weight at the end of string gauge plumb by gravity.
___________3. Accurately indicates both level and plumb tools.
___________4. Tools used for measuring long and short distances.
___________5. A type of sheathing which is widely used for scaffolding and forming.
___________6. This is used for marking angles and larger than tri-square.
Refer to the Answer Key. What is your score?
How Much Have You Learned?
Self-Check 2.1
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 94
I. The picture below is an example of architecture that has many geometric shapes within
it. Can you find geometric shapes in the structure? List as many shapes as you can find
in the picture.
Draw the following geometric shapes on the space provided after each item according to
the requirements:
1. Rectangle. Given: L=4 cm; W=3 cm
2. Rectangular Prism. Given: L=10 mm; W=8 mm; H=6 mm
3. Cube. Given: H=5 cm; W=5 cm; L=5 cm
II. This activity is a group work. Each group shall be composed of 5 members. Follow the
procedure given.
Show that you learned something by doing this activity.
HowDo YouApplyWhatYou HaveLearned?
Activity Sheet 2.1
Activity Sheet 2.2
Job Sheet 2.1
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 95
TOOLS NEEDED: MATERIALS NEEDED:
1. Hammer 1 ½ Finishing nail
2. Level 1 pc ½” x 3” x 4’
3. String guide 1 pc ½” x 3” x 3’
4. Measuring tape 3 pcs. 2”x2”x18”
PROCEDURE:
1. Layout and make staking of the ground plane surface using 2”x2”x18” as post or leg
and ½”x3” as batter board.
2. Dig three holes 6 inches deep on a flat surface making a right triangle. Follow the
correct distance shown in the plan.
3. Put the 3 pieces 2”x2”x18” S4S post or peg rigidly. See to it that they are leveled.
Use any leveling instrument.
4. On top of the peg or wood post, nail or install the ½”x3” batter board. One is 3 feet in
length and the other side is 4 feet in length.
5. Use string to indicate 5 feet distance on A and C direction as shown on the drawing.
A
B C
3
feet
4 feet
90
°
6” deep hole
A to B = 3 FEET
B to C = 4 FEET
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 96
Your score shall be based on the following rubric:
3 2 1
Laboratory
Safety
Observes good
laboratory safety
procedures
Unsafe laboratory
procedures
observed not
frequently
Practices unsafe,
risky behaviors in
lab
Tool Selection
Can select
appropriate
equipment and
instruments to
perform the
experiment
Needs some
guidance in
selecting
appropriate
equipment and
instrumentation
Cannot select the
appropriate
equipment and
instrumentation
required to run
the experiment(s)
Tool
Operation
Is able to operate
instrumentation
and process
equipment
Is tentative in
operation of
instruments and
process
equipment.
Does not operate
instrumentation
and process
equipment, does
so incorrectly or
requires frequent
supervision
Accuracy of
Measurement
Is aware of
measurement
error and is able
to account for it
statistically
Is aware of
measurement
error but does
not account for it
statistically or
does so at a
minimal level
Is unaware of
measurement
error
Designated
Role
Acceptance
Demonstrates the
ability to assume
a designated role
in
the group
Takes charge
when not in the
position to lead
Hides in the
background.
Participates if
strongly
encouraged. Does
not willingly
assume team
roles
Find out by accomplishing the Scoring Rubric honestly and sincerely. Remember it is
your learning at stake!
How Well Did You Perform?
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 97
Congratulations! You did a great job! Rest
and relax a while then move on to the next
lesson. Good luck!
Directions:
1. Take a picture of any room, building, house, or structure in your neighborhood and
use different colored markers to highlight the shapes within.
2. You can also cut out the picture from a magazine.
3. Have a printed copy of the picture which includes the geometric figures you have
identified.
How Do You Extend Your Learning?
Assignment Sheet 2.1
LO 1
 Lorico, J., Neola, G.(2012), Handout in Masonry.
 http://www.thefreedictionary.com/structure
LO 2
 http://www.gwinnett.k12.ga.us/LilburnES/05-06geometry/Team2/solid_t2.html
 http://www.superstock.com/stock-photos-images/1566-0114560
 http://eduplace.com/math/mhm/3/07/index.html
 http://library.thinkquest.org/C006354/pictures.html
 http://www.ehow.com/how_5140680_write-user-manual.html
 http://www.ehow.com/how_4827020_write-user-manual-software.html
REFERENCES
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 98
Maintaining Tools and Equipment
LESSON 5
LO 1. check conditions of tools and equipment;
LO 2. perform basic preventive maintenance; and
LO 3. store tools and equipment
LEARNING OUTCOMES:
At the end of this Lesson, you are expected to
do the following:
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 99
Cleaning solvent – liquid, gas, or solid used to free the object or material from unwanted
element or substance
Handheld tools – collective term for masonry tools which are usually handy, lesser in
weight and in size and operated manually
Lubricant – a liquid or substance applied to prevent corrosion or occurrence of unwanted
element
Lubrication – method of applying oil or other pertinent liquid or substance to prevent or
minimize occurrence of rust or unwanted element on the object or material treated
Non-functional tools /equipment – collective term for broken or defective tools/equipment
which includes tools/equipment that cannot anymore produce or perform an accurate result
according to their uses or purposes
Preventive maintenance –a set of procedures performed to keep tools in good condition
to lengthen their life span
Routine service – form of maintenance regularly given to equipment and tools
Suitability – the quality of satisfying certain requirements
Synthetic – something produced as variation or alternative from what is real or common
Techniques – proven procedures, approaches or methods used to perform the
Tips – proven suggestions given to make a task easier, cheaper, or faster to do.
Definition of Terms
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 100
Directions: Choose the letter of the best answer. Write the answer on your answer sheet.
1. How many types of tools and equipment are there in masonry?
A. 2 C. 3
B. 3 D. 4
2. Which is an advantage of the proper use of tools and equipment?
A. Accuracy in job/task performance is achieved. C. There is high quality of work.
B. Shop efficiency is promoted. D. All of the above.
3. Which is the best way to keep the tools in perfect condition?
A. Keep them immediately without cleaning.
B. Clean them while they are in the tool cabinet.
C. Clean them before storage.
D. Place them in a bucket of water.
4. What will happen if mortar is not cleaned?
A. The mortar will build up and harden.
B. The mortar will build up but can be removed too easily.
C. The tools cannot anymore be used.
D. Just ignore it for it won‟t matter anyway.
What Do You Already Know?
Check conditions of tools and equipment
LEARNING OUTCOME 1
 Tools and equipment are identified according to classification/specification and job
requirements.
 Non-functional tools and equipment are segregated and labeled according to
classification.
 Safety of tools and equipment are observed in accordance with manufacturer‟s
instructions.
 Conditions of personal protective equipment are checked in accordance with
manufacturer‟s instructions.
PERFORMANCE STANDARDS
Let us determine how much you already know about checking conditions of tools
and equipment. Take this test.
Pretest LO 1
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 101
5. Most handheld masonry tools can be cleaned using_____
A. kerosene C. oil
B. clean water D. cleaning agent provided
by the manufacturer
6. When do we use a muriatic acid in masonry?
A. To harden up mortar.
B. To remove hardened mortar on the tools.
C. To get rid off of harmful elements from the mortar.
D. To wash off the masonry materials.
7. What is used as preventive maintenance for wooden tools?
A. Water C. Linseed oil
B. Kerosene D. muriatic acid
8. Why do we have to check frequently the hammers for signs of chipping, cracking, or
unusual signs of defects?
A. To assure that there are no missing tools.
B. To ensure that they are well classified.
C. To ensure that they are in good condition.
D. To maintain their cost value.
9. What is the best way to prevent tools from rusting?
A. Wipe the tools with oil.
B. Keep the tools in an air conditioned room.
C. Keep them in their boxes always.
D. Keep the tools clean and dry before and while in the storage.
10. It is a method of identifying non-functional tools.
A. Visual inspection C. Performance
B. Functionality D. All of the above
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 102
Tools are defined as implements used to modify raw materials for human use. Tools
can be considered as extension of the human hand thereby increasing its speed, power, and
accuracy.
I. Advantages of using the proper tools
 Efficiency of the work
 High quality of the work
 Speed of accomplishment
 Accuracy
II. Hand Tool
A hand tool is a device or an instrument used to do a particular job that does not require a
motor, but is intended for hand held operation by one individual. It provides a mechanical
advantage in accomplishing a physical task. Automotive hand tools are fast gaining
popularity among woodworkers and craftsman.
III. Types
There are three main types of tools/equipment in the shop. One type is known as hand
tools because your hand supplies the energy to operate them. The other type is called
machine or power tools/equipment which uses either electricity, compressed air, or hydraulic
pressure to make them operate. The last type is referred to as measuring tools.
 Manual Hand Tools: Manual hand tools are the most basic form of equipment. They
do not require the speed of powered hand tools or do not have access to power
sources but are perfect for operations. These include hoes, screwdrivers, chisels,
wedges, drift pins, hammers, and others.
 Pneumatic Hand Tools: Pneumatic hand tools perform the operation task at the
push of a lever. They are powered by compressed air. They include chippers, drills,
hammers, sanders, etc.
 Power Hand Tools: Tools which are hand held but are powered by electricity. These
include chainsaws, high grade motors, electric drills, angle grinders, jigsaw cutters,
tappers, and fasteners.
What Do You Need To Know?
Information Sheet 1.1
Read Information Sheet 1.1 very well then find out how much you can remember
and how much you learned by doing Self-check 1.1.
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 103
IV. Masonry Tools and Equipment
1. TAMPER. The tamper tool is used in masonry for
pressing exposed aggregate into concrete and also
compact the soil before pouring concrete. It is usually in
the shape of a long or short handle attached to a flat
blade surface. When imprinting concrete with texture
mats or skins, this tool is used to securely tamp down
the mat.
2. STRAIGHTEDGES. Straightedges are used to strike off
or remove freshly placed concrete and make the surface
as level as possible before finishing. Straightedges are
made of various metals like aluminum, magnesium and
even wood. They are available in various lengths and
cross sections.
3. FLOATS. Floats are widely used in masonry jobs. The main purpose of using floats
is to fill voids, level ridges, and smooth the surface in preparation for troweling. The
tool can also be used to work in dry-shake color hardener. It can also be used to
bring paste to the surface by pushing down the coarse aggregate. Most floats for
decorative concrete work are made of aluminum, magnesium, or wood. Less
common float materials are rubber, stainless steel, and laminated wood or canvas
resin. There are bull floats for working in large areas of concrete. They are usually 8
inches in width and 3 to 10 feet in length. There are hand floats from 12 to 24
inches length from 3 to 5 inches width. Most floats are available with rounded or
square ends. Round-end floats are perfect in tight corners and help to minimize lap
marks.
a. Bull Float
b. Hand Float
4. FRESNO. Fresno trowels are designed in such a way that they are attached to long
extension handles so that masons don't have to walk out on the slab. Fresnos are
efficient in rapid work over large areas, like driveways. However the only drawback is
that do not achieve the same degree of compaction that can be achieved with hand
trowels. However, that can be also be considered as an advantage when you must
trowel slabs early for decorative work. In this way they can create a smooth finish
without premature sealing of the surface. Fresnos are available in blue, stainless, or
high-carbon steel, with rounded or square ends they come in longer lengths ranging
from 2 to 4 feet.
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 104
5. EDGERS. Edgers are important masonry tools used
to produce a clean edge along joints in concrete. It
can also be used to produce a clean edge along the
slab perimeter. Edgers help in creating a neat,
rounded edge that is less prone to chipping or
spalling. They are available in varied sizes. The
general size range from 1 1/2 to 6 inches wide and 6
to 10 inches long. There is a lip on one side of the tool
which is actually the edge and it ranges from 1/8 inch
to 2 inches in radius and its depth is from 3/8 to 1 1/2
inches.
6. GROOVERS. Groovers as masonry tools are used to tool control joints in plastic
concrete. They are made of bronze or stainless steel. They have a V-shaped bit that
is used to cut the groove. They come with wood or comfort-grip handles like edgers
that are available in various sizes ranging from 2 to 8 inches wide and 3 to 10 inches
long, but the most common groover size is 6 inches long and 4 1/2 inches wide. Bi-
directional groovers have double-end bits that can help in cutting forward or
backward.
7. TROWEL
There are different kinds and sizes of trowels. The blade
should be made of forged steel to last longer. Handles are
generally made of plastic or wood. Blades vary from 9 to 12
inches in length and 4 to 7 inches in width. The larger rowels
are used for spreading mortar. A variety of smaller trowels are
used for repairing old mortar joints and scraping off excess
mortar. A trowel that you feel comfortable with can be used to
do all of the above; however, you will need a separate tool to
finish the mortar joints.
HOLDING THE TROWEL
Learning to hold the trowel correctly is important and
will make the job easier. Gripping the handle with four
fingers and putting the thumb on top of the metal band
(ferrule) on the handle is how most masons hold a trowel.
LOADING THE TROWEL
Learning how to load a trowel with mortar is a skill to develop. Some people
like to fill the trowel by cutting mortar from the top. Some will load the trowel with
mortar by cutting from the front, while others load by cutting mortar from the side.
Your comfort level will dictate your style. Once the trowel is loaded, you must settle
the mortar on the trowel by snapping your wrist. This keeps the mortar from slipping
off the trowel, especially when you are buttering head joints. The head joint is the
joint that runs up and down the block vertically. The bed joint is the one that runs
along the top of the block horizontally.
When laying the mortar on the block, line the mortar side of the trowel on the
side of the block. In one quick motion, slide the trowel down, using the side of the
block as a guide (the trowel should lightly scrape along the side of the block in
downward motion).
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 105
8. MASON’S HAMMER. This tool is used for hammering nails and for splitting block or
brick with the other end. One end is square and flat and is used like a hammer. The
other end is sharp, like a small chisel. The sharp chisel-end is used to make a cutting
line around the masonry to be splitted. Light blows with the chisel-end all the way
around the block or brick and then a sharp blow with the hammer end will give a
clean cut.
The chisel-end is then used to take off any burrs or pieces which have not been
broken off cleanly. The mason's hammer can become dangerous if not properly
used. Chips can fly off the masonry being cut and injure the face and eyes. ALWAYS
USE GOGGLES WHEN SPLITTING MASONRY.
9. BLOCKING CHISEL. If there are more than just
a few blocks or bricks that need to be split, and
very clean cuts are required, then a blocking
chisel should be used. This is a heavier, wider
chisel, up to 8 inches wide. It comes in a variety
of sizes and shapes. These chisels are made of
steel and are used by holding the small end and
striking the end with a heavy mashing hammer,
mallet or sledge hammer. This will give a clean cut with usually just one blow.
10. MASHING HAMMER. A mashing hammer is
used to strike the chisel when cutting blocks. It
is not recommended to use a mason's hammer
to strike the chisel since the tempered steel
might split and a piece fly off. A mashing
hammer has two striking ends and will weigh
from two to four pounds.
11. MASONRY POWER SAW. If you are cutting large quantities of block or brick, you
may want to use a masonry power saw. The two basic types of saws are either hand-
held or table saws. The handheld saws usually have a silicon blade about 6 or 7
inches high and, therefore, will not give a clean cut all the way through an 8 inches
block. But a handheld saw is much quicker and gives a cleaner cut rather than
working with a chisel and hammer.
A table-mounted saw with an electric motor is always used when there is a lot
of cutting. Blades are normally 14 to 20 inches high and will cut through any kind of
masonry block or brick, especially if the blade is made of industrial diamonds.
A dry cut can be made with a silicon-carbide blade, bonded with reinforced
mesh. However, dry cutting throws out a lot of dust and a dust mask or respirator
must be worn.
Next to the trowel, the level is the second most important tool to have when
building a wall. A good level is lightweight and absolutely straight. The better levels
are called spirit levels because they contain alcohol in the vials instead of oil. Alcohol
is more accurate to use.
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 106
12. LEVELS. The purpose of the level is
to keep the work at hand in accurate
position whether vertical, across, or
horizontal. A good level usually has 6
vials installed strategically: two at the
center, while the others at both ends
distributed equally. The bubble should
line up between the two red or black
lines in order to achieve straightness
or levelness. If laid on more than one
block at a time, the level may cover, the very least, about 36 inches long, depending
on the level length because some are up to 48 inches. Since most blocks are 16
inches long, use levels from 18 to 24 inches.
13. MASON’S LINE. In order to have an
easier time laying a straight wall, a
mason's line is recommended. Use
nylon or Dacron line that is stretched
between two corners of the wall you
are building. A mason's line will let you
build walls without bulges or hollows. It
is placed very close to the block you
are laying, but give enough room in
order for you to swipe off the excess mortar without disturbing it.
14. STEEL SQUARE. When laying walls, make sure
the corners are at a 90 degree angle, assuming
you are building a square or a rectangle wall. A
large steel square usually 24 inches long should
be used for marking and checking the corners
being built.
15. JOINTERS. A jointer is used to finish a mortar joint after it becomes hard enough so
that a finger print will be seen in the mortar once pressed. Jointers come in many
sizes and shapes, but typically for blocks, you will use a sled jointer to create a 3/8th
inch joint for long horizontal joints. For vertical or head joints which are 8 inches high,
use a smaller jointer. Jointers are shaped to give a variety of indentations depending
on the preference. The most popular are the V joint and the half-rounded joint
(concave joint). These two kinds of joints help shed water better than any other kind
of joint. If you are using clay brick, or other brick products, use a jointer made
specifically for bricks.
16. CHALK LINE. A chalk line comes in a metal or plastic case, with a cotton line coming
out of one end. As the line is pulled out, it passes through a fine chalk powder,
usually blue or red. When this line is stretched between two points and snapped, it
will leave an imprint on the surface being snapped. A chalk line is used for laying out
a block wall on a concrete foundation to get the alignment correct.
17. BRUSHES. After a wall is built, there may be some mortar stains or powder residue
on the wall. Before cleaning solutions are used, these marks can often be brushed
off. A variety of brushes are available. Powder residue can be brushed off with a
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 107
medium soft bristle brush. A light accumulation of mortar could be brushed with a stiff
bristle brush. An abrasive stone or piece of same block or brick after testing in an
obscure area may serve the purpose. Stains that do not respond to brushing should
be cleaned with a special solution and brushing with a stiff bristle brush. Watering the
wall before and after washing and brushing is necessary so that the solution will not
be absorbed.
18. MIXING TOOLS. On small jobs, do not use a powered mortar mixer. Several tools
are needed to mix mortar. The regular shovel with a square edge will be needed to
proportion materials. The large hoe with two holes in the blade is used to mix the
mortar sand, masonry cement and water. The holes in the blade make it easier to
pull the hoe through the mix and to break up the lumps.
You will also need either a mortar box or wheel barrow to mix the mortar and
a bucket to measure water to be added to the mixture. Mortar boxes are usually
made of heavy gauge plastic or steel. Once the mortar is mixed, transfer the mortar
to a mortar board or hawk, from which you will work when applying the mortar.
V. Non-Functional Tools and Equipment
You must inspect all the tools, instruments and equipment before using them to
ensure that they are used to specification. Avoid using defective hand tools and equipment
to prevent accidents.
VI. Methods of Identification
1. Visual inspection. It refers to the visual observation of an expert on the appearance
of the tools and equipment.
2. Functionality. Vibration or extra noise from the operation means problems on parts
and accessories started to develop.
3. Performance. When there is something wrong with the performance of either hand
tools or equipment they need an immediate repair or maintenance.
4. Power supply (for electrically operated equipment). A tool will malfunction if it does
not get the right amount of power.
5. Person’s involved. It refers to the technical person who has the knowledge and skill
about the technology.
VII.Safety Practices
1. Always check the tools/instrument and equipment before using.
2. Use the appropriate materials, tools, instrument and equipment according to job
requirement.
3. Always wear personal protective equipment like gloves, goggles, hard hat and
others, at all times.
4. Wait for the final instruction before starting the job .
5. Report to the person in authority whenever untoward incident happens.
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 108
VIII. Personal Protective Equipment at Work
Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) is described in the previous module includes
clothing that protects protection against the weather. It is intended to be worn or held by a
person at work to protect him against risks to his health and safety.
Furthermore, PPE includes equipment such as safety footwear, hard hats, high
visibility waistcoats, goggles, life jackets, respirators, and safety harnesses.
XI. Suitability of PPE
To be able to choose the right type of PPE, the hazards involved in the task or work
environment must be considered carefully. PPE must also meet the needs of the individual.
The following factors should be considered in assessing the suitability of PPE:
 Is the PPE appropriate for the risk involved and conditions at the place where
exposure may occur? e.g. goggles are not suitable when full-face protection is
required
 Does the PPE prevent or adequately control the risks involved without increasing the
overall risk? e.g. gloves should not be worn when using a pillar drill, due to the
increased risk of entanglement
 Can the PPE be adjusted to fit the wearer correctly? e.g. if a person wears glasses,
ear defenders may not provide a proper seal to protect against noise hazards
 Has the state of health of those using it been taken into account?
 What are the needs of the job and the demands it places on the wearer? How long
will the PPE need to be worn? What are the requirements for visibility and
communication?
 If more than one item of PPE is being worn, are they compatible? For example, does
a particular type of respirator make it difficult for eye protection to fit properly?
1. EYES
Hazards: chemical or metal splash, dust, projectiles, gas and vapors,
radiation.
Options: Use safety spectacles, goggles, face shields, visors.
2. HEAD
Hazards: impact from falling or flying objects, risk of
hitting the head, hair entanglement.
Options: Use a range of helmets and bump caps.
HAZARDS AND TYPES OF PPE TO BE USED
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 109
3. BREATHING
Hazards: dust, vapor, gas, oxygen-deficient atmospheres.
Options: Use disposable filtering face piece or respirator, half- or full-
face respirators, air-fed helmets, breathing apparatus.
4. PROTECTING THE BODY
Hazards: temperature extremes, adverse weather, chemical or metal
splash, spray from pressure leaks or spray guns, impact or penetration,
contaminated dust, excessive wear or entanglement of own clothing.
Options: Use conventional or disposable overalls, boiler suits, specialist
protective clothing, e.g. chain-mail aprons, high-visibility clothing.
5. HANDS AND ARMS
Hazards: abrasion, temperature extremes, cuts and punctures,
impact, chemicals, electric shock, skin infection, disease or
contamination.
Options: Use gloves, gauntlets, mitts, wrist cuffs, armlets.
6. FEET AND LEGS
Hazards: wet, electrostatic build-up, slipping, cuts and punctures,
falling objects, metal and chemical splash, abrasion.
Options: Use safety boots and shoes with protective toe caps and
penetration-resistant mid-sole, gaiters, leggings, spats.
I. Training
Make sure anyone using PPE is aware of its importance, when it is to be used, repaired or
replaced and its limitations. Train people how to use it. Check regularly that PPE is being
used. Safety signs can be useful reminders to wear PPE.
II. Maintaining PPE
An effective maintenance system for the PPE is essential to ensure the equipment
continues to provide the degree of protection for which it is designed. Therefore, the
manufacturer‟s maintenance schedule (including recommended replacement periods and
shelf lives) must always be followed.
Maintenance may include cleaning, examination, replacement, repair, and testing. The
wearer may be able to carry out simple maintenance, but more intricate repairs must only be
MAINTENANCE
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 110
carried out by competent personnel. The costs associated with the maintenance of PPE are
the responsibility of the employer.
III. Using Working Tools and Equipment Safely
Every year, there are a number of accidents from using work equipment, including
machinery. Many are serious and some are fatal. Accidents not only cause human suffering,
they also cost money, for example in lost working hours, training temporary staff, insurance
premiums, fines and managers‟ time. By using safe, well-maintained equipment operated by
adequately trained staff, you can help prevent accidents and reduce these personal and
financial costs.
People using concrete and masonry tools and equipment face a wide range of
hazards. Most at risk are operators of hand-held concrete and masonry saws. Information,
instruction, training and supervision are essential in all concrete and masonry operations.
IV. Risks from Using Tools and Equipment
Many things can cause risks, for example:
 using the wrong equipment for the job, using ladders instead of access towers for an
extended job at high level.
 not fitting adequate guards on machines, leading to accidents caused by
entanglement, shearing, crushing, trapping or cutting.
 not fitting adequate controls, or the wrong type of controls, so that equipment cannot
be turned off quickly and safely, or starts accidentally.
 not properly maintaining guards, safety devices, controls etc so that machines or
equipment become unsafe.
 not providing the right information, instruction and training for those using the
equipment.
 not maintaining work equipment or carrying out regular inspections and thorough
examinations.
 not providing the personal protective equipment needed to use certain machines
safely, e.g. chainsaws, angle grinders.
Safety and Maintenance Practices
 Use the Right Tool for the Job. Using the correct tool for the job is the first step in
safe hand tool use. Tools are designed for specific needs. To avoid personal injury
and tool damage, select the proper tool to do the job well and safely.
 Take care of and treat with respect quality professional hand tools to make
them last many years. Manufacturers design tools for specific applications. Use tools
only for their intended purpose.
 Use Well-Designed, High-Quality Tools. Investing in high-quality tools makes the
professional‟s job safer and easier. Well-designed tools save time, give professional
results and help you do your job more safely.
 Make sure machinery is safe. You should check the machinery if it is suitable for
the work. Think about how and where it will be used. If you think that machinery you
have bought is not safe DO NOT USE IT. Contact the manufacturer to discuss your
concerns.
RISK REDUCTION
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 111
 Keep all tools in good condition with regular maintenance. Install or repair
equipment only if you are qualified. A faulty job could cause serious injuries from
mechanical failure, fire, or shock. Maintain tools in proper working condition.
 Examine each tool for damage before use. Regularly inspect tools, cords and
accessories. Repair or replace problem equipment immediately. Never alter a tool in
a manner that reduces its effectiveness or safety.
 Operate according to the manufacturer's instructions. Most equipment comes
with guidelines for maintenance, including advice on how to carry out equipment
checks safely.
Always remember, safety is essential to good job performance. Pay attention to
what‟s going on around you, be flexible, and adapt to changing conditions. Think before you
react, and keep your head in the game.
Think about tool safety each and every time you begin a job, and you‟ll perform your
job safely and effectively. Treat your tools as carefully as you treat your hands.
Directions: Choose the letter of the best answer. Write the answer on your answer sheet.
1. How many types of tools and equipment are there in masonry?
A. 2 C. 4
B. 3 D. 5
2. It is a device or an instrument used to do a particular job that does not require a motor.
A. Manual Tool C. Masonry Tool
B. Power Tool D. None of the above
3. This tool is efficient for rapid work over large areas like driveways.
A. Bull Float C. Fresno
B. Hand Float D. Edger
4. Which is a safety practice?
A. Always check the tools/instrument and equipment before using.
B. Use the appropriate materials, tools, instrument and equipment as per job or task
requirement.
C. Always wear personal protective equipment like gloves, goggles, hard hats, etc.,
at all times.
D. All of the above.
5. Which is a PPE?
A. safety footwear C. high visibility waistcoats
B. hard hats D. All of the above
6. It is a method of identifying non-functional tools.
A. Visual inspection C. Performance
B. Functionality D. All of the above
How Much Have You Learned?
Self-Check 1.1
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 112
7. It is a method of identifying non-functional tools.
A. Visual inspection C. Performance
B. Functionality D. All of the above
8. What do we consider in choosing the right type of PPE?
A. hazards in the task or work environment
B. a cloudy sky
C. floody ground
D. complexity of work
9. Which will you use to protect yourself from chemical or metal splash?
A. bumb caps C. full-face respirators
B. safety spectacles D. breathing apparatus
10. How is the PPE maintenance done?
A. cleaning C. replacement
B. examination D. Any of the above
I. Given below are pictures of tools/equipment. Identify and classify them according to
types.
Name of Tool/equipment Type
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
Show that you learned something by doing this activity.
Refer to the Answer Key. What is your score?
HowDo YouApplyWhatYou HaveLearned?
Activity Sheet 1.1
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 113
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9
1.10
II. Explain briefly below the difference between functional tools and non-
functional tools.
III. This is a group work. With the tools stored in the shop cabinet,
segregate functional from non-functional by type. Arrange them
properly. Then, prepare an inventory of these tools. When done,
submit the list to your teacher for evaluation and rating.
IV. Directions: The name of this game is a Safety Word maze. In this
activity you will identify important safety terms.
1. Find out the six hidden words and encircle them.
T S C S V S D F G H J K
R A D Q U L Z O X C V P
M F F U K R E P A I R U
A E X A M I N E I O P R
C T H L M L T R Y U I P
H Y U I P O U A L W E O
I N S T R U C T I O N S
N I O Y E S M E M J K E
E M P A V U O P Z C V B
R N V I E H A Z A R D N
Y X B I N W S A I H G F
L Z A N T Y U O P A A D
Activity Sheet 1.2
Activity Sheet 1.3
Activity Sheet 1.4
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 114
2. For each of the words found in the box, write a sentence about safety
using that word (Example: Safety is everyone’s responsibility). Write your
sentences below:
If you got in the Wordmaze:
 9 or more safety terms and were put in sentences correctly,
CONGRATULATIONS! You are already competent on safety shop practices;
 7 to 8 safety terms and were put in sentences correctly, you need to study a bit
harder;
 below 7 safety terms and were put in sentences correctly, you need to review
your relevant notes and consult your teacher for some important inputs.
I. Activity: Hazards in the workshop
In this activity you will learn to identify unsafe practices when using tools and
equipment. Recognize the risk involved and suggest safe working practices.
The photos below show students involved in unsafe practices in a shop room. Answer the
following questions by analyzing each picture:
1. What is the unsafe behavior of the student?
2. What is the possible risk?
3. What should be the correct behavior to avoid injuries or accidents?
1. The unsafe behavior is
__________________________________________
The risk to the student or others is
__________________________________________
To avoid injury/accident, the student should
__________________________________________
__________________________________________
How Do You Extend Your Learning?
Find out by accomplishing the Scoring Rubric honestly and sincerely. Remember it is
your learning at stake!
How Well Did You Perform?
Assignment Sheet 1.1
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 115
2. The unsafe behavior is
__________________________________________
The risk to the student or others is
__________________________________________
__________________________________________
To avoid the injury/accident, the student should
__________________________________________
3. The unsafe behavior is
__________________________________________
The risk to the student or others is
__________________________________________
__________________________________________
To avoid the injury/accident, the student should
__________________________________________
4. The unsafe behavior is
__________________________________________
The risk to the student or others is
__________________________________________
__________________________________________
To avoid the injury/accident, the student should
__________________________________________
5. The unsafe behavior is
__________________________________________
The risk to the student or others is
__________________________________________
__________________________________________
To avoid the injury/accident, the student should
__________________________________________
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 116
II. Risk Assessment Activity
1. Figure 1 Shows clearly a hazardous workspace.
1.1. Encircle three unsafe uses of hand tools and materials.
Figure 1. Hazardous workspace
1.2 How could you avoid the three hazards above?
Hazard 1 _________________________________________________________
Hazard 2 _________________________________________________________
Hazard 3 _________________________________________________________
1.3 Discuss the type of injuries that could occur due to the hazards identified.
1.4. In small groups, look at all the potential hazards in Figure 1 and rank them in order of
the least dangerous to most dangerous. Your group needs to indicate why they chose this
particular order.
Assignment Sheet 1.2
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 117
.
Directions: Choose the letter of the best answer. Write the answer on your answer sheet.
1. Which is the best way to keep the tools in good condition?
A. Keep them immediately without cleaning.
B. Clean them while they are in the tool cabinet.
C. Clean them before storage.
D. Place them in a bucket of water.
2. Most handheld masonry tools can be cleaned by___
A. kerosene C. oil
B. clean water D. cleaning agent provided by
the manufacturer.
3. When do we use muriatic acid in masonry?
A. To harden mortar.
B. To remove hardened mortar on the tools.
C. To get rid off of harmful elements from the mortar.
D. To wash off the masonry materials.
4. What is used as preventive maintenance for wooden tools?
A. Water C. Linseed oil
B. Kerosene D. muriatic acid
What Do You Already Know?
Perform basic preventive maintenance
LEARNING OUTCOME 2
 Lubricants are identified according to types of equipment.
 Tools and equipment are lubricated according to preventive
maintenance schedule or manufacturer’s specifications.
 Tools are cleaned and lubricated according to standard
procedures.
 Defective equipment and tools are inspected and replaced
according to manufacturer’s specification.
 5. Work place is cleaned and kept in safe state in line with the
Occupational Safety Health Center regulations
PERFORMANCE STANDARDS
Pretest LO 2
Let us determine how much you already know about the use of tools and
equipment. Take this test.
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 118
5. Why do we have to check hammers frequently for signs of chipping, cracking or unusual
signs of defects?
A. To assure that there are no missing tools.
B. To ensure that they are well classified.
C. To ensure that they are in perfect condition.
D. To maintain their cost value.
6. What is the best way to prevent tools from rusting?
A. Wipe the tools with oil.
B. Keep the tools in an air conditioned room.
C. Keep them in their boxes always.
D. Keep the tools clean and dry in the storage.
7. What is the best way to prevent tools from rusting?
A. Wipe the tools with oil.
B. Keep the tools in an air conditioned room.
C. Keep them in their boxes always.
D. Keep the tools clean and dry before and while in the storage.
8. Which is an advantage of the proper use of tools and equipment?
A. Accuracy in job/task performance is achieved.
B. Shop efficiency is promoted.
C. There is high quality of work.
D. All of the above.
9. What will happen if mortar is not cleaned off from the tools?
A. The mortar will build up and harden.
B. The mortar will build up but can be removed too easily.
C. The tools cannot anymore be used.
D. Just ignore it for it won‟t matter anyway.
10. What do you do when a wooden handle needs to be tightened?
A. Ignore it.
B. Tie it around with a rope or a tie wire.
C. Insert another wedge or immerse the hammer head into the bucket of water overnight.
D. Bring it immediately to the carpenter for repair.
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 119
Lubricant reduces friction between moving metal surfaces. It coats surfaces and
resists being displaced by the pressure, keeping the metal parts separated. Lubricants also
prevent corrosion, block contaminants and can serve as a coolant. A good lubricant flows
easily under pressure and remains in contact with moving surfaces.
Types of Lubricants
1. Oils cover a broad class of fluid lubricants which has particular physical properties and
characteristics. Petroleum oils (mineral oils) are made from naphthenic or paraffinic oils.
Naphthenic oils contain little wax and their low pour point makes them good lubricants for
most applications. Paraffinic oils are very waxy which makes them useful for hydraulic
equipment and other machineries.
2. Greases are ideal for lubricating bearings, gaskets, seals and other moving parts. It
consists of oil or synthetic fluid (~80%), a thickening agent (~10%) and additives (~10%).
The consistency of greases is usually ranked by their relative hardness on a scale set by
the National Lubricating Grease Institute (NLGI). The softest greases are rated at 000
(which is a flowing liquid) with higher numbers indicating harder grease. Most grease
falls in the range between 1 and 4.
3. Solid lubricants are usually fine powders, such as Molybdenum Disulfide (Moly),
graphite and Teflon (PTFE). They can be used alone, or as additives in grease or
dispersions, or as dry film bonded lubricants. Lubricating solids can last longer than
unfortified oils and greases because of their ability to form burnished films on surfaces.
4. Rust remover is used mainly to dissolve rust. It is also use as an
excellent cleaner. For example, to remove a rusted bolt, spray
remover directly on the bolt, wait for approximately five minutes and
unscrew. For a bicycle chain, apply the rust remover to clean the
chain, and then apply a thick lubricant (oil or PL-100). Another useful
trick, use it to remove stickers. It works perfectly and won't harm glass
or plastic. WD-40 and Release All are two of the many brands of rust
removers on the market.
 Dry lubricant is a greasy product that dries in a few minutes and leaves a
protective film. Since it dries rapidly, it doesn't attract dust, so there is no
mess. It is recommended to be used on rubber, car door gaskets,
handsaws, mitre saw, saw sliders, window sashes, and others. It can also
be used on balky wooden drawers, but cabinet makers usually prefer floor
wax because it is more durable. JIG-A-LOO is the common brand of a dry
lubricant.
What Do You Need To Know?
Information Sheet 2.1
Read Information Sheet 1.1 very well then find out how much you can remember
and how much you learned by doing Self-check 1.1.
BASIC LUBRICATION
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 120
Locksmiths also use a dry lubricant, graphite, to free stuck door locks. This product
should be applied sparingly into the keyhole, as it is very messy. Graphite lubricant is
composed of a fine black powder that no cleaner can remove, so it is
wise to protect the door when graphite is applied.
 Penetrating lubricant. Its lubricating properties persist even after
having removed residues, as it penetrates into metal. It is ideal for door
hinges, even the fridge, hard to open pliers, ski bindings and others as it
does not hold dirt and dust. The PL-100 is thick and very efficient.
 Synthetic lubricants cover a broad category of oils, greases, and pastes of varied
properties. Synthetic lubricants are more inert, generate less waste, are capable of a
wider range of temperatures and have a longer life than petroleum materials. They are
even applicable to elastomers, seals and O-rings.
 Synthetic oils are used to lubricate instrument bearings, hydraulics, air compressors,
gas and steam turbines and other applications. They have excellent viscosity
temperature characteristics, good resistance to oxidation and an extremely wide
operating temperature range.
 Synthetic greases can last a lifetime, making them very cost-effective. They are
chemically inert, and their high thermal stability makes them useful for aerospace,
electrical, automotive and other high-tech or industrial applications. Some of these
lubricants keep their viscosity in temperatures ranging as high as 550° Fahrenheit
and are nonflammable up to 1,200° Fahrenheit.
 Silicones are very stable and very inert lubricants, which provide a wider range of
operating temperatures than non-silicone synthetic lubricants. Other advantages include
water repulsion and electrical insulation. Flourosilicones have higher resistance to harsh
environments and the ability to carry bearing loads. Lubricant manufacturers can provide
technical data sheets on their products to advise you on the best applications of each
type of lubricant.
Kinds of Cleaning Solvents
Solutions are homogeneous mixture of two or more components; can be gaseous,
liquid or solid. When we speak of a solution, we usually think of a solid dissolved in water.
While water is the most common solvent, other liquids are frequently employed as solvents
for certain substances. The dissolved material in a solution is termed as solute (e.g. wax)
while the dissolving medium is called solvent (e.g. gasoline). .
Solvent is a component of a solution that dissolves solute and is usually present in
large proportion or amount. It can be classified as polar or non-polar. Polar solvents are
solvents which dissolve/are soluble in water; while non-polar solvents are solvents which do
not dissolve/are insoluble in water.
Solvents are usually used for cleaning in automotive shops like water, gasoline,
kerosene, thinner and detergent soap.
KINDS, USES AND PROPERTIES OF CLEANING SOLVENTS
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 121
The table below shows the kinds of cleaning solvent based on their solubility in water.
Cleaning Solvents Solubility in Water Polar Nonpolar
a. water
b. gasoline
c. kerosene
d. thinner
e. detergent
soap
soluble
insoluble
insoluble
insoluble
soluble
x
x
X
X
x
Properties of Cleaning Solvents
A useful generalization much quoted is that “Like dissolves like”. More specifically,
high solubility occurs when the molecules of the solute are similar in structure and electrical
properties to the molecules of the solvent.
When there is a similarity of electrical properties (e.g. high dipole element between
solute and solvent) the solute-solvent attractions are particularly strong. When there is
dissimilarity, solute-solvent attractions are weak. For this reason, a polar substance such as
water is a good solvent for a polar substance such as detergent soap and a poor solvent for
a non-polar substance such as gasoline.
Uses of Cleaning Solvents
Cleaning Solvents Uses
1. Gasoline - used to wash oil/greasy tools/ equipment
2. Diesoline - used to wash oil engine, transmission and other
parts of the vehicle
3. Kerosene - used to remove dust, grease oil, paint, etc.
4. Thinner - used to remove spilled paint on the floor, walls
and tools
5. Soap and water - used to wash/clean upholstered furniture such
as seats, tables, cabinets, etc.
Occupational Health and Safety Practices in Handling Cleaning Solvents
A great percentage of eye injury and cuts results from a disregard for the simplest
rules in handling cleaning solvents. You should never use compressed air to clean your
clothes, hands or body. The pressure can cause the cleaning solvents and dirt particles to
penetrate your skin, resulting in infection and /or blood poisoning.
Do not use compressed air to clean an object immediately after it has been removed
from a hot cleaning tank. Rinse the cleaning solvents away with water. Do not use carbon
tetrachloride as a cleaning solution. The fumes when inhaled can cause serious internal
injury and possibly result in death. In steam-cleaning, place the object to be cleaned on a
pallet and wear a face shield and rubber gloves for protection against loose debris.
If a job or cleaning task requires the use of gloves, use the appropriate gloves. If you
have cut, nicked, or burned yourself, or something has got into your eyes, report immediately
to the first-aid person.
Keep all inflammable cleaning solvents in closed tin containers and whenever possible,
store them in a separate area.
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 122
Tools and Equipment Maintenance
Tools and equipment in the shop are classified into three main types. One type is
known as hand tools because your hand supplies the energy to operate them. The other
type is called machine or power tools which uses either electricity, compressed air, or
hydraulic pressure to make them operate. The last type is referred to as measuring tools.
Tips and Techniques
The best way to keep the tools in good condition is to just clean them. If you take
care of your tools, they last longer, bringing value to the masons.
If mortar builds up on the tools and is not cleaned in a timely manner, special
cleaners may be needed.
Basically, advantages outweigh the disadvantages on the proper usage of tools and
equipment. Below are some common advantages:
1. Efficiency of the work
2. High quality of the work
3. Speed of accomplishment
4. Accuracy
Water and More
 Water is the best cleaning agent for small and larger tools. In most cases, nothing more
than water is required to keep the tools in top condition.
 If mortar has hardened on the tools, and water is not sufficient to remove it, muriatic acid
can be used to clean the tools. This acid can cause damage, so it should be used
sparingly and rinsed off thoroughly. Muriatic acid is not safe on aluminum, zinc or
stainless steel.
 If the mortar sits too long and builds up on the mortarboard, any kind of concrete
dissolver will work to clean it.
 A non-porous, smooth surface with a concave at the middle portion helps the mortar
board to keep water for greater workability.
 Masonry mortar does not bond to the working surface. You might get a 1/8-inch thick
skim coat, but it is easily removed by knocking the mortarboard on the ground or hitting it
with a hammer, noting that if water doesn't completely clean the surface, a heavy-duty
cleaner is needed.
Preventive Maintenance
 Preventive maintenance using preservatives can keep wooden tools in top shape by
preventing the wood from splitting.
 Linseed oil is recommended for wooden levels and wooden handles. It protects against
splitting and spalling when the wooden part gets wet repeatedly due to constant use.
 However, some metal tools like trowels are prone to rust. But if they are used almost
everyday, rust and other unwanted elements will wear off naturally which keeps them
clean always.
Routine Service for Handhelds
 If a hammer handle becomes loose, it should be replaced immediately. The hammers
should be sharpened by a blacksmith and never through a grinder since the temper
of the hammer is lost through grinding.
 Good maintenance of your carbide chisels lets you cut faster and accurately.
However, improper grinding can damage the carbide and cause tool failure. Never
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 123
forget to grind the shank end or strike the head frequently to maintain the correct
shape for safer performance.
 If you need to tighten up a wooden handle, insert another wedge into the end of the
handle or immerse the hammer head into a bucket of water overnight to expand the
wood.
 For striking tools with carbide tips, storing properly is important. Extra care must be
exercised not to strike carbide tools against each other since this may break the
carbide into pieces.
Maintain and Service Motorized Product
Frequently used equipment also needs a squirt of grease. They require minimum and
periodic maintenance. You have to change the engine oil occasionally . Tire pressure should
be checked regularly for safety reason as well for prolonging their lifespan.
Directions: Choose the letter of the best answer. Write the answer on your answer sheet.
1. Which is the best way to keep the tools in good condition?
A. Keep them immediately without cleaning.
B. Clean them while they are in the tool cabinet.
C. Clean them before storage.
D. Place them in a bucket of water.
2. Most handheld masonry tools can be cleaned by___
A. Kerosene C. Oil
B. clean water D. Cleaning agent provided by
the manufacturer
3. When do we use the muriatic acid in masonry?
A. To harden up mortar.
B. To remove hardened mortar on the tools.
C. To get rid off of harmful elements from the mortar.
D. To wash off the masonry materials.
4. What is used as preventive maintenance for wooden tools?
A. Water C. Linseed oil
B. Kerosene D. muriatic acid
5. Why do we have to check frequently the hammers for signs of chipping, cracking or
unusual signs of defects?
A. To assure that there are no missing tools.
B. To ensure that they are well classified.
C. To ensure that they are in perfect condition.
D. To maintain their price value
How Much Have You Learned?
Self-Check 2.1
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 124
6. What is the best way to lubricate the tools?
A. Wipe the tools with oil.
B. Keep the tools in an air conditioned room.
C. Keep them in their boxes always.
D. Keep the tools clean and dry before and while in the storage.
7. What is the best way to prevent tools from rusting?
A. Wipe the tools with oil.
B. Keep the tools in an air conditioned room.
C. Keep them in their boxes always.
D. Keep the tools clean and dry before and while in the storage.
8. Which is an advantage of the proper use of tools and equipment?
A. Accuracy in job/task performance is achieved.
B. Shop efficiency is promoted.
C. There is high quality of work.
D. All of the above.
9. What will happen if mortar is not cleaned off from the tools?
A. The mortar will build up and harden.
B. The mortar will build up but can be removed too easily.
C. The tools cannot anymore be used.
D. Just ignore it for it won‟t matter anyway.
10. What do you do when a wooden handle needs to tighten up?
A. Ignore it because that is a useless case.
B. Tie it around either with a rope or tie wire.
C. Insert another wedge or immerse the hammer head into the bucket with water
overnight.
D. Bring it immediately to the carpenter for repair.
I. Describe the following and explain their appropriate uses:
1. Lubricant
2. Petroleum oils
3. Naphthenic oils
4. Paraffinic oils
5. Rust remover
6. Solvents
7. Solute
8. Silicones
9. Synthetic oils
10. Synthetic greases
II. Identify five (5) different tools. List down specific preventive maintenance tasks for each
of these tools.
Show that you learned something by doing this activity.
Refer to the Answer Key. What is your score?
HowDo YouApplyWhatYou HaveLearned?
Activity Sheet 2.1
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 127
III. Perform a preventive maintenance for tools/equipment and in the workplace. This is a
group activity.
A. Bring cleaning solvents, rags, brooms, air compressor, washing pan and safety
apparel.
B. Clean tools and work area and observing Occupational Health and Safety practices.
Procedure:
A. Tools
1. Wear protective clothing and goggles.
2. Gather the tools to be cleaned in the designated area for cleaning.
3. Classify the tools to be cleaned according to their condition.
4. Measure and pour enough amount of cleaning solvent to the washing
pan.
5. Place the tools in the washing pan.
6. Use paint brush to remove the dirt from the tools.
7. Get the tools from the washing pan and wipe them with rags until dry.
8. Clean and keep all materials used for cleaning.
B. Work Area
1. Wear protective clothing and goggles.
2. If dirt like paint, used oil, grease, and rust stick to the floor, use
appropriate cleaning solvent to remove it.
3. Use the air compressor to dry the floor and the broom in cleaning the
remaining dirt in the work area.
Job Sheet 2.1
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 128
Assessment: You will be assessed based on the performance criteria listed
below:
PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
PERFORMANCE
LEVEL
YES NO NA
1. Were protective clothing and goggles worn at all
times?
2. Were tools and equipment free of dust, grease, oil
and other substances?
3. Was the work area dry, free of dust, grease and
other substances?
4. Were excess cleaning substances cleaned and kept
in proper places?
Overall Performance
Satisfactory
Unsatisfactory
Student’s name: __________________________
Teacher’s comment: ___________________________________________________
___________________________________________________
___________________________________________________
Directions: Visit a shop of your choice. Find out from the shop owner or
worker how preventive maintenance of tools and equipment is done. Also,
find out the problems met in implementing this mandatory requirement.
How Do You Extend Your Learning?
Find out by accomplishing the Scoring Rubric honestly and sincerely. Remember it is
your learning at stake!
How Well Did You Perform?
Assignment Sheet 2.1
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 129
Directions: Choose the letter of the best answer. Write the answer on your answer sheet.
1. Which was created by virtue of Executive Order No. 307, on Nov. 1987?
A. Department of Labor and Employment
B. Office of the President
C. Department of Public Works and Highways
D. Occupational Safety and Health Center
2. Which is the mandate of this agency?
A. Protect the Filipino workers against accidents and illnesses.
B. Let the workers choose their own type of job.
C. Help the employers gain profits from their business.
D. Protect the right of the employers.
3. It is a detailed list of all the items in stock.
A. Delivery Receipt C. Inventory
B. List of Merchandise D. Directory
4. Which statement is true?
A. Create a sign out sheet for all shop tools.
B. Conduct an audit for long-term jobs.
C. Restrict shop tool access to one individual.
D. All of the above.
What Do You Already Know?
Store tools and equipment
LEARNING OUTCOME 3
 Inventory of tools, instruments, and equipment are conducted
and recorded as per company practices.
 Tools and equipment are stored safely in accordance with
manufacturer’s specifications or company procedures.
PERFORMANCE STANDARDS
Let us determine how much you already know about storing tools and equipment.
Take this test.
Pretest LO 1
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 130
5. Its advantage is to find out whether tools and equipment are complete, in of good quality.
A. Delivery receipt C. Inventory
B. List of merchandise D. Directory
STORE TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT
A. Tools and Equipment Inventory
Some companies often spend more time in tracking and managing their inventory.
Others --- such as manufacturers, producers and construction companies --- may use
specific equipment for specific jobs. This creates a difficult situation of attempting to manage
inventory at multiple job locations. Business owners and managers typically create systems
or processes that employees must follow when using the company's shop tools.
Depending on the type of company, owners or managers may require employees to
use own tools for certain jobs. For example, construction companies may require employees
to have their own items such as a hammer, painting equipment or welding supplies. This
reduces inventory management.
Whatever is the type of company or shop, inventory taking is very important. On this
context, inventory is defined as a detailed list of all the items in stock.
Reason for Maintaining Tools and Equipment Inventory
The most important point to consider is to purchase top-grade tools. They must be
made of high-quality steel and manufactured for precision. Special consideration is given to
balance so that the tool/equipment will be properly maintained and prevent loses. Since the
technician must work with his tools daily, regular inventory of tools/equipment is very
important.
The initial cost of a minimum number of tools is high but there is accompanying
warranties and guarantees satisfaction and many years of service. It is better, in the long
run, to start with a few carefully selected tools that will take care of your most common
needs and then gradually build-up to a complete set. It is sometimes hard to identify and
memorize the huge number of tools and equipment in the workshop, maintaining the
inventory record is of great value.
What Do You Need To Know?
Read Information Sheet 3.1 very well then find out how much you can remember
and how much you learned by doing Self-check 3.1.
Information Sheet 3.1
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 131
Points to Consider
 Create a sign out sheet for all shop tools. Companies can use a sign out sheet where
employees must fill up with specific information relating to the inventory item and
specific job use. This allows business owners and managers to know where each
tool is located at all times.
 Conduct an audit for long-term jobs. Shop tools left at working place for long periods
may require a manager to verify that the tool is still on the job site. A manager can
visit the site unannounced and review the sign out sheet against all tools on the job.
 Restrict shop tool access to one individual. This allows companies to have one
person on each job responsible for checking out, or in, various shop tools.
Companies can require this individual to be a manager or foreman.
 Use a barcode system to track inventory. Companies can place barcode labels on
each shop tool and require employees to electronically scan each tool when using
them at different job sites. This creates an electronic record and can allow real-time
reporting of tool use.
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 132
Directions: Choose the letter of the best answer. Write the answer on your answer sheet.
1. Which was created by virtue of Executive Order No. 307, on Nov. 1987?
A. Department of Labor and Employment
B. Office of the President
C. Department of Public Works and Highways
D. Occupational Safety and Health Center
2. Which is the mandate of this agency?
A. Protect the Filipino workers against accidents and illnesses.
B. Let the workers choose their own type of job.
C. Help the employers gain profits from their business.
D. Protect the right of the employers.
3. It is a detailed list of all the items in stock.
A. Delivery Receipt C. Inventory
B. List of Merchandise D. Directory
4. Which statement is true?
A. Create a sign out sheet for all shop tools.
B. Conduct an audit for long-term jobs.
C. Restrict shop tool access to one individual.
D. All of the above.
5. One advantage of this system is to find out whether tools and equipment are complete, in
proper quality, and quantity.
A. A. Delivery Receipt C. Inventory
B. List of Merchandise D. Directory
I. This is a work group.
1. Conduct a 15-minute buzz session to come up with your own inventory system as if
you own a shop.
2. Then, prepare your output on butcher‟s papers for presentation to and discussion
with the entire class.
Refer to the Answer Key. What is your score?
How Much Have You Learned?
Self-Check 3.1
HowDo YouApplyWhatYou HaveLearned?
Activity Sheet 3.1
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 133
II. Conduct a 10-minute inventory of tools and equipment in the shop using the group‟s
inventory form. The main considerations of this inventory are:
1. Total tools and equipment on hand according to type.
2. Checking missing tools against the memorandum receipt .
3. Quantity of damaged tools and equipment and your appropriate
recommendations.
Procedure:
1. Prepare the form.
2. Secure the memorandum receipt from the teacher to check for missing or losses
against your inventory.
3. Record your findings in the inventory form.
4. Give your appropriate recommendations for damaged tools and equipment
identified.
Rubric to be used for assessment
PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
PERFORMANCE
LEVEL
YES NO NA
1. Were the Record Book and the Inventory Form secured from your
trainer before starting the performance of task?
2. Were all tools of different sizes, conditions and quantities checked
and recorded in the inventory form?
3. Were all equipment of different ratings/capacities, conditions and
quantities checked and recorded in the inventory form?
4. Were damaged/lost tools/equipment identified and recorded?
5. Were repair recommendations made for the damaged but
repairable tools/equipment?
6. Were reports on damaged tools/equipment submitted and
accurate?
Overall Performance
Satisfactory
Unsatisfactory
Student‟s name: __________________________
Teacher‟s comment: ___________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________
Find out by accomplishing the Scoring Rubric honestly and sincerely. Remember it is
your learning at stake!
How Well Did You Perform?
Job Sheet 3.1
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 134
This is a group work. Prepare for a 10-minute panel discussion on
OSHC pertinent regulations for construction workers.
Below is the rubric to be used for the group performance:
Symbols and Meaning:
___+ Consistently ___ Usually ___- Seldom
Knowledge:
____ The group used research to advance arguments and defend positions.
____ Research was effectively applied to arguments.
Understanding:
____ The group demonstrates understanding of the issue.
____ The group presented key points.
____ The group presented original ideas.
____ The group was able to use examples or analogies to defend an argument.
____ The group demonstrated empathy for the cause he or she represented.
____ The group showed respect for others’ opinions.
Communication:
____ The group was logical in presenting arguments.
____ The group was able to communicate effectively and clearly.
____ The group incorporated key terminology/vocabulary.
Participation:
____ The student contributed to the discussion.
____ The student tended to dominate a discussion, thereby hindering others’
participation.
For group evaluation:
____ All students participated in the discussion.
____ Students within the group tended to dominate discussion within the group,
hindering other group members’ participation?
How Do You Extend Your Learning?
Assignment Sheet 3.1
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 135
Congratulations! You did a great job!
LO 1
 Dajac, A. B., (2012). Handout in Masonry.
 http://www.businesslink.gov.uk/bdotg/action/layer?topicId=107
4425195
 http://www.hse.gov.uk/pubns/indg229.pdf
 http://www.osha.gov/doc/outreachtraining/htmlfiles/tools.html
 http://masonrymagazine.com/11-07/tools.html
 http://www.masonryforlife.com/HowToBasics.htm
 http://masonrymagazine.com/3-08/safety.html
 http://www.cdxetextbook.com/toolsEquip/hpt/toolsEquip/cleani
ng.html
 http://www.reliableplant.com/Read/5510/hand-tools-safety
 http://www.commerce.wa.gov.au/worksafe/PDF/Codes_of_Practi
ce/Code_concrete_masonr.pdf
 http://www.businesslink.gov.uk/bdotg/action/detail?itemId=107
4426995&r.l1=1073858799&r.l2=1087350927&r.l3=1074425195
&r.s=sc&type=RESOURCES
 http://sourcing.indiamart.com/engineering/hand-tools/
 http://www.curriculumsupport.education.nsw.gov.au/secondary
/technology/safety/student_activities/index.htm
 http://www.isbe.net/career/pdf/IT_C2-1.pdf
LO 2
 Institute of Integrated Electrical Engineers of the Philippines
Incorporated. Philippine Electrical Code of 1992.
 Fajardo Jr. M. B. & Fajardo, L.R. Electrical Layout and Estimate,
2nd Edition.
 Azares, E. F. and Recana, C. B. (1999). Practical Electricity III:
Adriana Publishing.
 www.thefabricator.com/Safety/Safety_Article.cfm?ID=1095
LO3
 http://www.wisegeek.com/what-is-inventory.htm
 http://www.ehow.com/how_6911205_inventory-shop-tools-job.html
 http://topics.wisegeek.com/topics/inventory.htm#
 http://www.reliableplant.com/Read/1622/control-power-tools
 http://www.oshc.dole.gov.ph/123/
 http://www.spartans.spa.edu/
REFERENCES
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 136
ANSWER KEYS:
What do you already know?
Lesson 1
LO1
1. B
2. D
3. C
4. C
5. D
6. C
7. D
8. D
9. D
10. D
LO2
1. B
2. C
3. A
4. B
5. D
LO3
1. D
2. D
3. C
4. C
5. D
Lesson 2
LO1
1. D
2. D
3. C
4. D
5. D
6. A
7. B
8. D
9. D
10. C
LO2
1. C
2. D
3. C
4. D
5. B
6. B
7. A
8. B
9. B
10. D
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 137
Lesson 3
LO1
1. C
2. D
3. B
4. A
5. D
6. A
7. B
8. B
9. A
10. D
LO2
1. A
2. A
3. D
4. B
5. C
6. A
7. C
8. B
9. C
10. C
LO3
1. D
2. D
3. B
4. B
5. D
Lesson 4
LO 1
1. D
2. C
3. D
4. A
5. B
LO 2
1. D
2. D
3. A
4. B
5. D
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 138
Lesson 5
LO 1
1. C
2. D
3. C
4. A
5. B
6. B
7. C
8. C
9. D
10. D
LO2
1. C
2. B
3. B
4. C
5. C.
6. D
7. D
8. D
9. A
10. C
LO3
1. D
2. A
3. C
4. D
5. C
How much have you learned?
Lesson 1
LO1
1. B
2. D
3. C
4. C
5. D
6. C
7. D
8. D
9. D
10. D
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 139
LO2
1. B
2. C
3. A
4. B
5. D
LO3
1. D
2. D
3. C
4. C
5. D
Lesson 2
LO1
1. C
2. D
3. C
4. D
5. B
6. B
7. A
8. B
9. B
10. C
LO2
1. D
2. D
3. C
4. D
5. D
6. A
7. B
8. D
9. D
10. D
Lesson 3
LO1
1. C
2. D
3. B
4. A
5. D
6. A
7. B
8. B
9. A
10. D
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 140
LO2
1. Installation Manual
2. Troubleshooting
3. Assembly Instruction
4. Product Specification
5. Safety Instruction
LO3
1. D
2. D
3. B
4. B
5. D
Lesson 4
LO1
1. D
2. C
3. D
4. A
5. B
LO2
I.
1.Cube
2. Cylinder
3. Sphere
4. Hexagon
II.
1. Use of level hose
2. Plumb bob
3. Spirit level
4. Measuring tape
5. Plywood ¼ thick
6. Framing square
Lesson 5
LO1
1. B
2. D
3. C
4. D
5. D
6. D
7. D
8. A
9. B
10. D
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 141
LO2
1. C
2. B
3. B
4. C
5. C
6. D
7. D
8. D
9. A
10.C
LO3
1. D
2. A
3. C
4. D
5. C
MASONRY
K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 142
Acknowledgement
This Learning Module was developed for the Exploratory Courses in Technology and
Livelihood Education, Grades 7 and 8 of the K to 12 Curriculum with the assistance of the following
persons:
This Learning Module on Masonry was developed by the following personnel:
MODULE WRITERS
DANTE REYES SANTELICES
Head Teacher VI
Camarines Sur National High School
City of Naga
REVIEWERS
GIL P. CASUGA
Chief TESD Specialist
REYNALDO S. DANTES
Senior TESD Specialist
BERNADETTE S. AUDIJE
Senior TESD Specialist
MARIA A. ROQUE
Senior TESD Specialist
AIDA T. GALURA
VSA II, ACNTS
VICTORIO N. MEDRANO
Principal IV, SPRCNHS
PARALUMAN R. GIRON, Ed.D.
Chair, Sub-TWG on K to 10
BRENDA B. CORPUZ, Ph.D.
TA for K to 12 Curriculum
OFELIA O. FLOJO
Retired Assistant Chief, EED, Region IV-A
DR. RODERICK MOTRIL AGUIRRE
Preschool and Language Consultant
BEATRIZ A. ADRIANO
Principal IV, ERVHS
DOMINGA CAROLINA F. CHAVEZ
Principal II, MBHS
DOCUMENTORS / SECRETARIAT
PRISCILLA E. ONG
K to 12 Secretariat
FREDERICK G. DEL ROSARIO
Head Teacher III, BNAHS
EMMANUEL V. DIONISIO
Head Teacher III, AFGBMTS
LYMWEL P. LOPEZ
Teacher I, AFGBMTS
DANTE D. VERMON JR.
Teacher I, AFGBMTS
CHERLYN F. DE LUNA
Teacher I, AFGBMTS
LOUIE B. ANGELES
Teacher I, BNAHS
JOANNA LISA C. CARPIO
Teacher I, , BNAHS
Dir. IMELDA B. TAGANAS
Executive Director, Qualifications Standards Office
K to 12 Learning Area Team Convenor, TLE/TVE

More Related Content

PPTX
masonry final.pptx
PDF
K to 12 Carpentry Learning Modules
PDF
K to 12 animal production learning module
PDF
TILE SETTING NC II
PPTX
Areas of Plane Figures
PDF
Electrical installation and maintenance module 10
PPTX
Occupational Health and Safety (OHS)
PDF
K to 12 Mechanical Drafting Learning Module
masonry final.pptx
K to 12 Carpentry Learning Modules
K to 12 animal production learning module
TILE SETTING NC II
Areas of Plane Figures
Electrical installation and maintenance module 10
Occupational Health and Safety (OHS)
K to 12 Mechanical Drafting Learning Module

What's hot (20)

PDF
K to 12 Crop Production Learning Modules
DOC
Lesson plan in carpentry tools
PDF
TLE - Mechanical Drafting (Learning Module)
PDF
K to 12 TLE Curriculum Guide for Agricultural Crop Production
PDF
TLE 8 - TECHNICAL DRAFTING (ANALYZE SIGNS, SYMBOLS AND DATA)
PDF
K to 12 Welding Learning Module
PDF
Commercial cooking-learning-module
PDF
K to 12 dressmaking and tailoring learning modules
PDF
DepEd TLE Computer Hardware Servicing Curriculum Guide Grade 7-10
PDF
K to 12 TLE Curriculum Guide
PDF
K to 12 TLE Curriculum Guide for Commercial Cooking
PDF
K to 12 Horticulture Learning Module
PDF
K to 12 TLE Curriculum Guide for Carpentry
PPTX
EIM 7/8 Lesson 2: Perform Mensuration and Calculation
DOC
DLL - Cookery 7&8 (1).doc
PDF
DepEd TLE Fish Processing Curriculum Guide Grade 7-10
PDF
K to 12 carpentry learning modules
DOC
DLL in TLE CROP PRODUCTION G8-7.doc
PDF
TLE/ HE Beauty Care Curriculum Guide
PDF
TLE/HE Handicraft Curriculum Guide
K to 12 Crop Production Learning Modules
Lesson plan in carpentry tools
TLE - Mechanical Drafting (Learning Module)
K to 12 TLE Curriculum Guide for Agricultural Crop Production
TLE 8 - TECHNICAL DRAFTING (ANALYZE SIGNS, SYMBOLS AND DATA)
K to 12 Welding Learning Module
Commercial cooking-learning-module
K to 12 dressmaking and tailoring learning modules
DepEd TLE Computer Hardware Servicing Curriculum Guide Grade 7-10
K to 12 TLE Curriculum Guide
K to 12 TLE Curriculum Guide for Commercial Cooking
K to 12 Horticulture Learning Module
K to 12 TLE Curriculum Guide for Carpentry
EIM 7/8 Lesson 2: Perform Mensuration and Calculation
DLL - Cookery 7&8 (1).doc
DepEd TLE Fish Processing Curriculum Guide Grade 7-10
K to 12 carpentry learning modules
DLL in TLE CROP PRODUCTION G8-7.doc
TLE/ HE Beauty Care Curriculum Guide
TLE/HE Handicraft Curriculum Guide
Ad

Similar to Masonry learning module (20)

PDF
K to 12_masonry_learning_module
PDF
k_to_12_masonry_learning_module -2.pdf
PDF
PDF
K to 12_masonry_learning_module
PDF
K 20to-2012-20carpentry-20learning-20modules-131227142938-phpapp01 2
PDF
K to 12 carpentry learning modules
PDF
Carpentry Learning Module Grade 7 and Grade 8 Explanatory Course
PDF
K to 12 carpentry learning modules
PDF
K to 12 carpentry learning modules
PDF
Carpentry lm
PDF
Grade 7/8 IA - Automotive Servicing Learning Module
PDF
K to 12 automotive learning module
PDF
Kto12automotivelearningmodule 130822012254-phpapp02
PDF
K to 12 Automotive Learning Module
PDF
Automotive lm
PDF
Fish Processing Learning Module
PDF
K to 12 PC Hardware Servicing Learning Module
PDF
K to 12 Basic Education Curriculum Technology and Livelihood Education Learni...
PDF
K to 12 computer hardware servicing NCII
PDF
Kto12computerhardwareservicing 131130094751-phpapp01
K to 12_masonry_learning_module
k_to_12_masonry_learning_module -2.pdf
K to 12_masonry_learning_module
K 20to-2012-20carpentry-20learning-20modules-131227142938-phpapp01 2
K to 12 carpentry learning modules
Carpentry Learning Module Grade 7 and Grade 8 Explanatory Course
K to 12 carpentry learning modules
K to 12 carpentry learning modules
Carpentry lm
Grade 7/8 IA - Automotive Servicing Learning Module
K to 12 automotive learning module
Kto12automotivelearningmodule 130822012254-phpapp02
K to 12 Automotive Learning Module
Automotive lm
Fish Processing Learning Module
K to 12 PC Hardware Servicing Learning Module
K to 12 Basic Education Curriculum Technology and Livelihood Education Learni...
K to 12 computer hardware servicing NCII
Kto12computerhardwareservicing 131130094751-phpapp01
Ad

Recently uploaded (20)

PDF
Chapter 3 Spatial Domain Image Processing.pdf
PDF
Building Integrated photovoltaic BIPV_UPV.pdf
PPTX
Understanding_Digital_Forensics_Presentation.pptx
PDF
Build a system with the filesystem maintained by OSTree @ COSCUP 2025
DOCX
The AUB Centre for AI in Media Proposal.docx
PDF
Blue Purple Modern Animated Computer Science Presentation.pdf.pdf
PDF
cuic standard and advanced reporting.pdf
PDF
Electronic commerce courselecture one. Pdf
PDF
MIND Revenue Release Quarter 2 2025 Press Release
PDF
Machine learning based COVID-19 study performance prediction
PPT
“AI and Expert System Decision Support & Business Intelligence Systems”
PPTX
Cloud computing and distributed systems.
PDF
The Rise and Fall of 3GPP – Time for a Sabbatical?
PPTX
sap open course for s4hana steps from ECC to s4
PPTX
Detection-First SIEM: Rule Types, Dashboards, and Threat-Informed Strategy
PDF
Encapsulation theory and applications.pdf
PDF
Unlocking AI with Model Context Protocol (MCP)
PDF
Profit Center Accounting in SAP S/4HANA, S4F28 Col11
PDF
NewMind AI Weekly Chronicles - August'25 Week I
PDF
Peak of Data & AI Encore- AI for Metadata and Smarter Workflows
Chapter 3 Spatial Domain Image Processing.pdf
Building Integrated photovoltaic BIPV_UPV.pdf
Understanding_Digital_Forensics_Presentation.pptx
Build a system with the filesystem maintained by OSTree @ COSCUP 2025
The AUB Centre for AI in Media Proposal.docx
Blue Purple Modern Animated Computer Science Presentation.pdf.pdf
cuic standard and advanced reporting.pdf
Electronic commerce courselecture one. Pdf
MIND Revenue Release Quarter 2 2025 Press Release
Machine learning based COVID-19 study performance prediction
“AI and Expert System Decision Support & Business Intelligence Systems”
Cloud computing and distributed systems.
The Rise and Fall of 3GPP – Time for a Sabbatical?
sap open course for s4hana steps from ECC to s4
Detection-First SIEM: Rule Types, Dashboards, and Threat-Informed Strategy
Encapsulation theory and applications.pdf
Unlocking AI with Model Context Protocol (MCP)
Profit Center Accounting in SAP S/4HANA, S4F28 Col11
NewMind AI Weekly Chronicles - August'25 Week I
Peak of Data & AI Encore- AI for Metadata and Smarter Workflows

Masonry learning module

  • 1. K to 12 Basic Education Curriculum Technology and Livelihood Education Learning Module MASONRY EXPLORATORY COURSE Grade 7 and Grade 8 Republic of the Philippines DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION
  • 2. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 1 TABLE OF CONTENTS What Is This Module About?.......................................................................................... 2 How Do You Use This Module …………………………………………………3 LESSON 1 – Prepare Construction Materials and Tools …………………...4 - 27 LESSON 2 - Practice Housekeeping Procedures ………………………… 28 – 62 LESSON 3 – Observe Procedures, Specifications and Manuals of Instruction …..63 - 78 LESSON 4 - Perform Mensurations and Calculations ……………………..79 - 97 LESSON 5 - Maintain Tools and Equipment …………………………...98 - 135 Answer Keys ……………………………………………………………136 - 141 Acknowledgment ……………………………………………………………...142
  • 3. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 2 Welcome to the world of Masonry! This Module is an exploratory course which leads you to Masonry National Certificate Level II ( NC II)1 . It covers five common competencies that a Grade 7 / Grade 8 Technology and Livelihood Education (TLE) student like you ought to possess, namely: 1). Prepare construction materials and tools; 2). Practice housekeeping procedures; 3). Observe procedures, specifications and manuals of instructions; 4). Perform mensuration and calculations; and 5). Maintain tools and equipment. These 5 common competencies are covered separately in 5 Lessons. As shown below, each Lesson is directed to the attainment of one or two learning outcomes: Lesson 1 – Prepare Construction Materials and Tools LO1. Identify materials and tools applicable to a specific construction job LO2. Request appropriate materials and tools LO3. Receive and inspect materials Lesson 2 – Practice Housekeeping Procedures LO1. Maintain work areas, tools and equipment LO2.Follow standard work processes and procedures Lesson 3 – Observe Procedures, Specifications and Manuals of Instructions LO1.Identify access, and interpret specification /manual LO2. Apply information from the manual LO3. Store the manual Lesson 4 – Perform Mensurations And Calculations: LO1. Carry out measurement and calculations LO2. Select measuring instruments Lesson 5 – Maintain Tools and Equipment LO1. Check conditions of tools and equipment LO2. Perform basic preventive maintenance LO3. Store tools and equipment learning outcomes Your success in this exploratory course on Masonry is shown in your ability to perform the performance standards found in each lesson. 1NATIONAL CERTIFICATE (NC) is a certification issued to individuals who achieved all the required units of competency for a national qualification as defined under the Training Regulations. NCs are aligned to specific levels within the PTQF. (TESDA Board Resolution No. 2004-13, Training Regulations Framework) NATIONAL CERTIFICATE LEVEL refers to the four (4) qualification levels defined in the Philippine TVET Qualifications Framework (PTQF) where the worker with: a. NC I performs a routine and predictable tasks; has little judgment; and, works under supervision; b. NC II performs prescribed range of functions involving known routines and procedures; has limited choice and complexity of functions, and has little accountability; What Is This Module About?
  • 4. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 3 This module has five Lessons. Each Lesson has the following parts:  Learning Outcomes  Performance Standards  Materials  References  Definition of Terms  What Do You Already Know?  What Do You Need to Know?  How Much Have You Learned?  How Do You Apply What You Learned?  How Well Did You Perform?  How Do You Extend Your Learning? To get the most from this module, you need to do the following:  Read the Learning Outcome/s and Performance Standards. These tell you what you should know and be able to do at the end of this module.  Find out what you already know by taking the pretest then check your answer against the answer key. If you get 99 to 100% of the items correctly, you may proceed to the next Lesson. This means that you need not go through the lesson because you already know what it is about. If you failed to get 99 to 100% correctly, go through the lesson again and review especially those items which you failed to get.  Do the required learning activities. They begin with one or more information sheets. An information sheet contains important notes or basic information that you need to know. After reading the information sheet, test yourself on how much you learned by means of the self-check. Refer to the answer key for correction. Do not hesitate to go back to the information sheet when you do not get all test items correctly. This will ensure your mastery of basic information.  Demonstrate what you learned by doing what the activity/operation/Job sheet directs you to do.  Apply what you have learned in another activity or in a real life situation.  Accomplish the scoring rubrics for you to know how well you performed. Each Lesson also provides you with references and definition of key terms for your guide. They can be of great help. Use them fully. How Do You Use This Module? If you have questions, ask your teacher for assistance.
  • 5. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 4 . Prepare construction materials and tools LESSON 1 LO1. identify materials and tools applicable to a specific construction job; LO2. request appropriate materials and tools; and LO3. receive and inspect materials. LEARNING OUTCOMES: At the end of this Lesson you are expected to be able to do the following:
  • 6. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 5 Ashlar – a quarry cut to produce smooth, flat bedding surface that stack easily Block – short term for concrete hollow block; it consists of an outside shell with a hollow center that is divided into two or three vertical webs Brick – made of clay and other materials processed into workable consistency, molded to sizes, and fired in a kiln for stronger and more attractive product Control measures – a set of procedures, guidelines or standards used to regulate or systematize performance of shop tasks or jobs according to certain standards Course ashlar – a stone arrangement which has a formal appearance Course rubble – stone arrangement which has a neater appearance than random rubble but more difficult to construct and requires a large selection of stones Electronic method – type of requesting for supplies, tools, and equipment through the use of computer unit instead of the usual paper request slip Finishing tools – tools used for smoothening, roughening, plastering, and finishing surfaces with mortar or plaster Masonry – building of a structure using component parts laid in and bound together by mortar Material handling – the movement, storage, control and protection of materials, goods and products throughout the process of manufacturing, distribution, consumption, and disposal Material management – scientific method of ensuring that all items including tools and equipment are released and utilized properly according to the requirement and shop guidelines Mortar – workable paste used to bind construction blocks together and fill gaps between stocks Quality inspection – formal evaluation technique to ensure that deliveries are in accordance with the specifications, quantity, and functionality or workability Random ashlar – arrangement of stones wherein various sizes are used to make courses that are not continuous for the whole length of the wall Random rubble – stone that is usually dry – laid but can also be mortared Roughing up tools – those tools necessary in the process of preparing, arranging, forming, laying and shaping of bricks, stones and masonry blocks Rubble – stone that is irregular in size, shape, and texture Definition of Terms
  • 7. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 6 Directions: Choose the letter of the best answer. Write the answer on your answer sheet. 1. Which is the structural construction of component parts laid in and bound together by a material called mortar? A. Building Construction C. CHB B. Masonry D. Stone 2. Which of the following is masonry material? A. brick C. glass block B. granite D. all of the above 3. Which requires that quality of masonry materials should be of general standards? A. Association of Phil. Architectures C. 2003 International Building Code B. Association of Phil. Engineers D. 2003 International Baptist Code 4. What material reinforces the structure of masonry materials? A. mortar C. steel B. cement D. CHB 5. Which has a formal appearance of bond pattern? A. rubble stone C. random ashlar B. combination ashlar D. none of the above 6. What does CHB stand for? A. cement, hall, block C. concrete hollow block B. code, housing, building D. none of the above What Do You Already Know? Identify materials and tools applicable to a specific construction job LEARNING OUTCOME 1 Let us determine how much you already know about Identifying materials and tools applicable to a specific construction job. Take this test. Pretest LO 1  Materials and tools are received and inspected as per quantity and specification based on requisition  Tools and materials are checked for damages and manufacturing defect  Materials and tools received are handled with appropriate safety device  Materials and tools are set aside for appropriate location nearest the workplace PERFORMANCE STANDARDS
  • 8. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 7 7. How many classifications of masonry tools are there? A. 3 C. 5 B. 4 D. none of the above 8. Which is NOT a roughing up tool? A. Crandall C. patent hammer B. cold chisel D. claw hammer 9. Which is NOT a finishing tool? A. bull float C. devil floating B. carpet float D. none of the above 10. Which is NOT part of the group? A. Brick trowel C. edger B. Buttering trowel D. none of the above Have you seen walls of beautiful buildings and monuments? How are they made attractive and structurally durable? Those are just some works in masonry. Masonry can be defined in so many ways depending on uses or purposes. Therefore, let‟s define it on the structural context according to the purpose of this module. Masonry is the structural construction of component parts laid in and bound together by a material called mortar. These individual materials which are introduced in any structure for various purposes and patterns may be tile, brick, granite, limestone, glass and concrete block, stucco, marble, stone, and travertine. The production of masonry units should generally conform to the requirements in the 2003 International Building Code (IBC) Section 2103. Aside from mortar, assembling these units can be reinforced appropriately by steel (rebar) that offers much strength to structures. Stone Types and Varieties of Bond Pattern Masonry stones are in various forms and set in different patterns depending on certain considerations. Such stones chosen for various purposes have several varieties: 1. Ashlar is a quarry cut to produce smooth, flat bedding surface that stack easily. It is generally cut into small rectangles with sawed or dressed face. What Do You Need To Know? Read Information Sheet 1.1 very well then find out how much you can remember and how much you learned by doing Self-check 1.1. Information Sheet 1.1 MASONRY AND MATERIALS
  • 9. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 8 2. Random ashlar is an arrangement of stones where in various sizes are used to make courses that are not continuous for the whole length of the wall. However, course ashlar has a formal appearance. 3. Rubble is a stone that is irregular in size, shape and texture. Field stone is one type of rubble. Random rubble is usually dry–laid but can also be mortared. Course rubble has a neater appearance than random rubble but more difficult to construct and requires a large selection of stones. Random Rubble Course Ashlar Random Ashlar Coursed Rubble Combination Ashlar Mosaic Rubble
  • 10. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 9 BRICKS. There are three clasifications of bricks 1. Common Bricks are made from clay and sold at the market. 2. Face Bricks are used for exterior and interior walls and other architectural structures. 3. Calcium Silicate Bricks are made with alumina and silica and are used for furnaces and other structures that require higher temperature up to 178 o C. Brick Laying and Patterns Bricks are laid in horizontal or vertical layer with a string or nylon chord as guide. The vertical layer of bricks is guided by a plumb line wherein the mortar having a thickness of 3 to 10 mm. is placed between layers. Running English Common Dutch Garden Wall Flemish
  • 11. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 10 BLOCKS. There are many types of blocks which are most widely used as masonry materials. 1. The CHB (sometimes called as concrete hollow block) is used for all the types of construction walls, partitions, dividers, fences, etc. Generally, a block consists of an outside shell with a hollow center that is divided by two or three vertical webs. The end unit may have flanges that accept mortar and join with the other adjacent blocks (except blocks intended for corners and the end of walls). Appropriate tools are adopted in masonry to suit the kind of work involved. It also includes some carpenter tools such as the measuring tools, testing tools, and fastening tools. They are classified into two categories. 1. Roughing up Tools 2. Surface finishing tools Roughing up tools are those tools necessary in the process of preparing, arranging, forming, laying, and shaping of bricks, stones, and masonry blocks. Tools of this type of work are mostly striking tools such as: 1. Masons axe or hammer 6. Cold chisel 2. Patent hammer 7. Star drill 3. Brick hammer 8. Bolster 4. Crandall 9. Wrecking baron 5. Cross pen hammer MASONRY TOOLS
  • 12. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 11 Surface Finishing Tools Classifications 1. Float 2. Trowels Floats Classification 1. Common Float 4. Devil or Nail Floating 2. Bull Float 5. Angle Floating 3. Carpet Float Different Kinds of Trowel 1. Ordinary Trowel 2. Pointing Trowel 3. Brick Trowel 4. Buttering Trowel 5. Edger 6. Margin Trowel Directions: This part checks your prior leaning on the topics covered in this module. You will simply encircle the best answer from the choices given 1. Which is the structural construction of component parts laid in and bound together by a material called mortar? A. Building Construction C. CHB B. Masonry D. Stone 2. Which is a masonry material? A. brick C. glass block B. granite D. all of the above 3. Which requires that quality of masonry materials should be of general standards? A. Association of Phil. Architectures C. 2003 International Building Code B. Association of Phil. Engineers D. 2003 International Baptist Code How Much Have You Learned? Self-Check 1.1
  • 13. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 12 4. What material reinforces the structure of masonry materials? A. mortar C. steel B. cement D. CHB 5. Which has a formal appearance of bond pattern? A. rubble stone C. random ashlar B. combination ashlar D. none of the above 6. What does CHB stand for? A. cement, hall, block C. concrete hollow block B. code, housing, building D. none of the above 7. What are the classifications of masonry tools? A. 3 C. 5 B. 4 D. none of the above 8. Which is NOT a roughing up tool? A. Crandall C. patent hammer B. cold chisel D. claw hammer 9. Which is NOT a finishing tool? A. bull float C. devil floating B. carpet float D. none of the above 10. Which is NOT part of the group? A. Brick trowel C. edger B. Buttering trowel D. none of the above Directions: Do the following tasks. Write your answers/responses on your answer sheet. A. Explain briefly the meaning of masonry. B. What are the common masonry materials and tools according to their types and uses? Directions: Suppose you were told to improve the appearance of the rough concrete surface of the front wall of your house. The problem is your tight budget. What masonry materials and tools will you use? Why do you choose such materials and tools? What will you do to determine the right quantity of the materials needed? Show that you learned something by doing this activity. Refer to the Answer Key. What is your score? HowDo YouApplyWhatYou HaveLearned? Activity Sheet 1.1 Activity Sheet 1.2
  • 14. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 13 Directions: Set up appropriate masonry materials on a piece of board or plywood. Materials, Tools, Equipment:  Piece of board or at least 3/4 „‟ plywood  Wood nails  Mortar  Mesh wire or tie wire  Masonry materials  Finishing tools Procedure: 1. Prepare a simple plan in setting up certain n masonry materials and tools on a piece of board or plywood. 2. Observe carefully the procedure specified in the plan. 3. Record significant observations and techniques or tips for preparing the mortar to set up the chosen masonry materials. 4. Evaluate the finished group project based on the performance assessment criteria given below: Directions: Check the appropriate acceptability rating based on your honest personal evaluation of your project. PERFORMANCE ASSESSMENT CRITERIA ACCEPTABILITY 1. Correct setting of string guide 2. Levelness of string guide 3. Proper amount of mortar bed 4. Correct alignment of CHB 5. Proper amount of mortar cells 6. Proper removal of excess mortar 7. Acceptability of the finished job TOTAL Submit your personal assessment rating, group observations and tips about the project. Yes Not so Much Not At All How Well Did You Perform? Job Sheet 1.1
  • 15. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 14 Directions: 1. This activity is to be printed on short size bond paper. 2. Fasten the sheets with paper fastener in a short size folder with a proper label. 3. Choose at least 5 masonry materials. 4. Find out how each of them is set/laid on the concrete wall surface. What particular mortar and tools should be used? Directions: 1. This is a group work. 2. Prepare a simple plan on setting up certain masonry materials on a piece of board or plywood. 3. Prepare the materials, tools, and the procedure to be observed in doing this simple project. 4. Include some illustrations of steps especially laying in the masonry materials similar to the illustrations arranged according to major steps shown below: board or plywood masonry material Phase 1(Step 1) --- to ------- Last Phase (last step) 5. Then, find out and prepare the appropriate mortar for this purpose. 6. Finally, secure the teacher‟s approval of your simple plan. How Do You Extend Your Learning? Assignment Sheet 1.1 Assignment Sheet 1.2
  • 16. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 15 I. Choose the letter of the best answer. Write the answer on your answer sheet. 1. Which contains information about certain services required for performance? A. borrower‟s slip C. requisition slip B. job order D. borrower and job slips 2. Which specifies a demand for materials, supplies, or tools? A. borrower‟s slip C. requisition slip B. job order D. borrower and job slips 3. It contains an accepted form of request for tools, materials, and equipment on due time? A. borrower‟s slip C. requisition slip B. job order D. borrower and job slips 4. Normally, how many signatories are there in the Requisition Slip? A. 1 C. 3 B. 2 D. 4 5. What happens when any of the slips lack the necessary data? A. There is delay in processing. C. Misunderstanding occurs B. Promptness of approval is at stake D. all of the above II. Explain the purpose and importance of the following documents. 1. Requisition Slip 2. Borrower‟s Slip What Do You Already Know? Request appropriate materials and tools LEARNING OUTCOME 2 Let us determine how much you already know about requesting appropriate materials and tools. Take this test. Pretest LO 2  Needed materials and tools are listed per job requirement.  Materials and tools are requested according to the prepared list  Requests are done per company‟s Standard Operating Procedures (SOP)  Materials and tools are replaced appropriately at the expense of work quality and cost. PERFORMANCE STANDARDS
  • 17. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 16 ……………… Requisition is made through a required form known as requisition slip or in the form of a letter, if the previous is not available. Most government offices use uniform requisition slip, while others have their own. In school shops, teachers are creative enough to devise their own form to suit their local need. Such practice of using requisition slip promotes proper monitoring of supplies, materials, tools, and performance and accomplishment of required service or services among others. Here are some examples of requisition forms according to their purpose. What Do You Need To Know? Read Information Sheet 2.1 very well then find out how much you can remember and how much you learned by doing Self-check 2.1. Information Sheet 2.1 JOB ORDER AND REQUISITION SLIPS
  • 18. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 17
  • 19. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 18 Borrower’s Slip This form is used for borrowing materials, tools, equipment. Its use promotes proper monitoring of inventories. This form is devised according to the need of the office or accountable officer. Requisition Procedure In as much as some offices or school shops do not use the electronic method, requisition is made on a prepared slip available for use. Properly completed Requisition Form is an important step in efficiently securing your order; otherwise expect delays in the processing and approval of your requisition. The requisitioning process is done by an authorized person. 1. Accomplish the slip with the required data. 2. Have it approved or signed by your supply officer or immediate supervisor. 3. Forward the slip to the section unit officer in charge of purchases, procurement, or preparation and release of requisitioned items.
  • 20. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 19 Direction: This part checks whether you have learned the required competencies for this particular module. Encircle the best answer from the choices given. 1. Which contains information about certain services required for performance? A. borrower‟s slip C. requisition slip B. job order slip D. borrower and job slips 2. Which specifies a demand for materials, supplies, or tools? A. borrower‟s slip C. requisition slip B. job order D. borrower and job slips 3. It contains an accepted form of request for tools, materials, and equipment on due time carries a provision for default. A. borrower‟s slip C. requisition slip B. job order D. borrower and job slips 4. Normally, how many signatories at a very least are there in the Requisition Slip? A. 1 C. 3 B. 2 D. 4 5. Which happens when any of the slips lack necessary data? A. There is delay in processing. C. Misunderstanding occurs B. Promptness of approval is at stake D. all of the above Directions: With your understanding and skills on job order, requisition, and borrower‟s slips, prepare on the space below a schematic diagram of the flow from accomplishment of the various slips to performing the services or handling of received items. If you were to evaluate the functionality of said diagram, what assessment criteria would you use? A. My Schematic Diagram: B. My Assessment Criteria: Show that you learned something by doing this activity. Refer to the Answer Key. What is your score? How Much Have You Learned? Self-Check 2.1 HowDo YouApplyWhatYou HaveLearned? Activity Sheet 2.1
  • 21. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 20 Directions: With the information and form samples on hand from the different offices and factories you visited, make your own job order, requisition, and borrower‟s slips based on your need. Be sure that your slip conforms with certain standards such as: 1. Contains needed data. 2. Easy to understand. 3. Easy to use. 4. Complete in itself and in form. Submit the three different outputs with brief justification each to your teacher. How Do You Extend Your Learning? Assignment Sheet 2.1
  • 22. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 21 Directions: Encircle the best answer from the choices given. 1. What is the importance of material management? A. It provides the best service to the clientele B. It maximizes efficiency C. It helps in monitoring and managing inventories D. All of the above. 2. What happens when the employees are not informed of the receiving procedure? A. Productivity and efficiency of the company‟s employees are affected. B. Resources are wasted. C. Misunderstanding among and between employees occurs. D. All of the above. 3. Which ensures correctness of deliveries or performance of services? A. Requisition procedure C. Inspection procedure B. Receiving procedure D. Delivery Procedure 4. Which procedure generally finds out inconsistency in the required specifications of materials, tools, and equipment? A. Requisition procedure C. Inspection procedure B. Receiving procedure D. Handling procedure 5. Which shows proper carrying and safekeeping of items? A. Requisition procedure C. Inspection procedure B. Receiving procedure D. Handling procedure What Do You Already Know? Receive and inspect materials LEARNING OUTCOME 3  Materials and tools are received and inspected as per quantity and specification based on requisition.  Tools and materials are checked for damages and manufacturing defects.  Materials and tools received are handled with appropriate safety devices. Materials and tools are set aside in appropriate location nearest to the workplace. PERFORMANCE STANDARDS Let us determine how much you already know about receiving and inspecting materials. Take this test. Pretest LO 3
  • 23. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 22 Effective material management is very essential in many ways for the company or office: First, it provides the best service to the clientele; second, it maximizes efficiency; and, third, it helps in monitoring and managing inventories. Receiving Procedure Procedure for receiving requisitions varies in every office, school, and shop. Offices make it a point that everything is in the proper order and perspective to ensure effectiveness and efficiency. However, it is a must that everybody in the company especially the concerned employees are well-acquainted of the process to avoid or at least minimize waste of resources which is very significant to the company‟s success. What Do You Need To Know? Read Information Sheet 3.1 very well then find out how much you can remember and how much you learned by doing Self-check 3.1. Information Sheet 3.1 MATERIAL MANAGEMENT
  • 24. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 23 Fig. 2. Receiving Procedure Flow Chart Quality Inspection and Procedure Delivered or issued items should be properly inspected for accuracy in terms of quality, specifications, quantity, and functionality or workability. The act which involves monitoring, observing or testing, usually involving product sampling, to insure compliance with the requirements is known as quality inspection. It includes activities such as collecting data from the item or items to ensure quality and preciseness.
  • 25. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 24 Once quality inspection has been done, the receiver signs a paper or form to attest to the completeness and compliance with the requisition; otherwise, he is obliged to make a report of his inspection findings to persons or authorities concerned for appropriate action. Materials Handling Materials handling operations are carried out in most offices or plants. Each handling task poses unique demands on the worker. However, work places can help workers to perform these tasks safely and easily by implementing and upholding proper policies and procedures. For Industrial plants, regulations under Industrial Establishments (O. Reg. 851/90) made under the Occupational Health and Safety Act should be properly observed. 1. Hazards. To assess the hazards of manual material handling operations, consider the load, the task, the environment in which the task is performed, and the operator. When these factors interact with each other, they can create hazards that result in injuries. A load may be hazardous because of: a. Weight b. Size c. Shape (making it awkward to handle) d. Coupling (type of grip on the load) e. Slippery or damaged surfaces f. Absent or inappropriate handles, and g. Imbalance (i.e., changing centre of gravity) The task or method of handling may be hazardous when it involves: a. lifting or lowering  repetitively  quickly  for extended periods of time  while seated or kneeling  immediately after prolonged flexion  shortly after a period of rest b. an inability to get close to the load c. moving the load over large distances d. accuracy and precision required because of  fragile loads, or  specific unloading locations e. materials positioned too low or too high f. hazardous movements or postures (e.g. twisting, extended bending and reaching) g. multiple handling requirements (e.g., lifting, carrying, unloading) 2. Control Measures. The best control measure is to eliminate the need for workers to perform manual handling tasks. Since this is not always possible, design manual handling tasks so that they are within the workers‟ capabilities. Considerations include the load itself, the design of the workstation and work practices. Providing mechanical handling devices or aids can often eliminate the task itself or ease the demands on the worker.
  • 26. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 25 3. Training. Traditional training has focused on proper lifting methods and safe work procedures. More recently, workplaces have introduced fitness and back education approaches. In combination with job and workplace design changes, these approaches are effective in preventing accidents and injuries. On the job demonstrations and practice sessions are the best methods of training. Cover basic manual materials handling procedures, and the proper use of mechanical aids and techniques. Regularly reinforce the proper techniques to ensure their continued use. The objectives of material handling training are to teach the worker: 1. How to identify hazardous loads or handling tasks 2. The proper selection and use of mechanical handling aids 3. Safe postures and manual lifting techniques to minimize strain 4. Safe lifting techniques Directions: This part checks whether you have learned the required competencies for this particular module. Simply encircle the best answer from the choices given. 1. What is the importance of material management? A. It provides the best service to the clientele. B. It maximizes efficiency. C. It helps in monitoring and managing inventories. D. All of the above. 2. What happens when the employees are not informed of the Receiving Procedure? A. Productivity and efficiency of the company‟s employees are affected. B. Resources are wasted. C. Misunderstanding among and between employees occurs. D. All of the above 3. Which ensures correctness of deliveries or performance of services? A. Requisition procedure C. Inspection procedure B. Receiving procedure D. Handling Procedure 4. Which procedure that generally finds out inconsistency in the required specifications of materials, tools, and equipment? A. Requisition procedure C. Inspection procedure B. Receiving procedure D. Handling procedure 5. Which shows proper carrying and safekeeping of items? A. Requisition procedure C. Inspection procedure B. Receiving Procedure D. Handling procedure Refer to the Answer Key. What is your score? How Much Have You Learned? Self-Check 3.1
  • 27. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 26 Congratulations! You did a great job! Rest and relax a while then move on to the next lesson. Good luck! Directions: Draw your own schematic diagram for each of the procedures on receiving, inspecting, and handling of materials, tools, and equipment. Prepare them on three different sheets of short size bond paper. Directions: Visit some offices, shops, or factories in the locality. Find out and record their procedures in receiving, inspecting, and handling of materials, tools, and equipment. Then, prepare a report of your observation for submission to your teacher. How Do You Extend Your Learning? Show that you learned something by doing this activity. HowDo YouApplyWhatYou HaveLearned? Activity Sheet 3.1 Assignment Sheet 3.1
  • 28. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 27 LO 1  Fajardo Jr., M. B. (1993). Simplified Methods on Building Construction, 2nd Ed. Quezon City, Philippines: 5138 Merchandising.  Lorico, J., & Archivido, W. (2012). Handouts in Masonry.  Santelices, L.E. (2004). Civil Technology, BEC Based. Lipa City: Eferza Academic Publication  http://www.creativehomeowner.com  http://images.search.yahoo.com/search/images;_ylt=A0PDoX8IOUJP0XsAySCJzbk F?p=masonry+floats&fr=moz35&ei=utf-8&n=30&x=wrt&y=Search  http://images.search.yahoo.com/search/images;_ylt=A0PDoYBuOUJPMVoA0aWJzb kF?p=masonry+trowels&fr=moz35&ei=utf-8&n=30&x=wrt&y=Search  http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Masonry  http://www.wisegeek.com/what-is-masonry.htm  http://www.stanleytools.com  http://www.concretenetwork.com  http://www.amazon.co.uk/Stanley-Fat-Chalk-Line-0-47- 140/dp/B0001IW70W/ref=sr_1_8?s=diy&ie=UTF8&qid=1329439813&sr=1-8  http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mortar_%28masonry%29  http://images.search.yahoo.com/images/view; LO 2  http://www.thefreedictionary.com/requisition  http://www.scribd.com/doc/20347271/Borrower-s-Slip  http://images.search.yahoo.com/search/images;_ylt=A0PDoX2l4EJPah0AoHeJzbkF ?p=industrial+job+order+form&fr=yfp-t-701&ei=utf-8&n=30&x=wrt&y=Search  http://images.search.yahoo.com/images/  http://www.douglas.bc.ca/services/facilities/purchasing/purchasingrequisitions.html LO 3  http://www.virginia.edu/integratedsystem/howdoi/HTML/PRO5007U.html  http://www.accountingformanagement.com/controlling_and_costing_materials.htm  http://search.yahoo.com/search;_ylt=A0oG7jK6RkRP5GgAi_VXNyoA?p=Receiving %20Procedure%20of%20Requisitioned%20Materials&fr2=sb-top&fr=yfp-t-701  http://www.sixsigmaspc.com/dictionary/quality-inspection.html  http://www.iapa.ca/pdf/manmat.pdf REFERENCES
  • 29. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 28 Practice housekeeping procedures LESSON 2 LO 1. maintain work areas, tools and equipment; and LO 2. follow standard work processes and procedures. LEARNING OUTCOMES: At the end of this lesson, you are expected to do the following:
  • 30. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 29 Barricades – small structures made of metal, wood, or other possible materials which are used purposely to convey a message of caution or restriction to all concerned Doable – set of best or workable shop practices in order to achieve work simplification First aid – includes all forms of remedies given immediately to a sick or injured person until full medical help becomes available Hazard – involves unforeseen incident that is physically unfavorable to humans or animals Risk management – scientific technique of assessing, minimizing, and preventing accidents or loss of lives or limbs in the performance of tasks Sanitize – maintain high standard of housekeeping Self-Discipline – doing things spontaneously without being told or ordered Signs – objects made by flat sheet metal or wood suspended by a stand or nailed on the post or wall which are located strategically to give information or instructions Sort – take out unnecessary items Sweep – clean the workshop Symbols – common illustrations printed on the signs which sometimes carry a written description Systematize – arrange necessary items in good order for use Work simplification –application of workable principles that increases the awareness and ability of the workers to be more productive and efficient without compromising their safety and the product quality Definition of Terms
  • 31. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 30 Directions: Choose the letter of the best answer. Write the answer on your answer sheet. 1. Who introduced the 5Ss principle? A. English C. Japanese B. Filipinos 2. Which of the following are the 5Ss? A. Seiri, Seiton,Sweep, Seiketsu Shitzu B. Seiri, Seiton, Seiso, Sanitize, Shitzu C. Sort, Seiton, Sweep, Seiketsu, Shitzu D. Seiri, Systematize, Seiso, Seiketsu, Shitsu 3. It refers to the cleaning of workshop. A. Seiton C. Seiso B. Seiri D. Seiketsu 4. It is the condition to maintain high standard of good housekeeping where there is no dust and rust anywhere. A. Sort C. Sweep B. Systematize D. Sanitize What Do You Already Know? Maintain cleanliness in work areas, tools, and equipment and occupational safety LEARNING OUTCOME 1  The basic procedures of 5S are demonstrated in the workplace.  Removing and disposing of unnecessary items according to company or office procedures  Reusable and recyclable materials are sorted according to company/ office procedures.  Items are arranged in accordance with company/office housekeeping procedures. PERFORMANCE STANDARDS Let us determine how much you already know about maintaining cleanliness in work areas, tools and equipment. Take this test. Pretest LO 1
  • 32. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 31 5. Which is practiced when your colleagues decide with you which things should be kept considering the flow of your work? A. Sort C. Sweep B. Systematize D. Sanitize 6. Its advantage is to promote camaraderie among workers in the company. A. Shitsuke C. The 5Ss B. Seiton D. Systematize 7. It ensures the safety of the construction workers. A. Signs, signal and barricades C. Exit signs B. Danger signs D. Safety instructions signs 8. Which shall be used when an immediate hazard exists? A. Signs, signal and barricades C. Exit signs B. Danger Signs D. Safety instructions signs 9. Which shall be used as temporary means of warning an existing hazard such as defective tools and equipment? A. Danger signs C. Traffic signs B. Accidental prevention tags D. Directional signs 10. Which is a major factor for the prevention of shop accidents? A. Signs, symbols, barricades C. Attitude B. The 5Ss principle D. Systematize
  • 33. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 32 The 5S The 5S are Japanese words that start with letter S. But in the Philippines, some thought of 5 English words that all begin with letter S which is equivalent to these Japanese words. Therefore, it is necessary to remember the Japanese‟ 5S. What is important aside from retaining this into our minds is to make it part of our daily habit. Below are the 5Ss and their English equivalent: Japanese English Brief Explanation SEIRI SORT Take out unnecessary items and dispose of them SEITON SYSTEMATIZE Arrange necessary items in good order for use SEISO SWEEP Clean your workshop SEIKETSU SANITIZE Maintain high standard of housekeeping SHITSU SELF- DISCIPLINE Do things spontaneously without being told or ordered 5S is not simply a list of action items. It is an integrated concept of action, condition and culture. The nature and implication of each S needs to be understood as follows: 1. SEIRI (SORT) means “take out unnecessary items and dispose of them Step 1 – Look around your workplace with your colleagues. Discover and identify items which are unnecessary to your work. Then, dispose all unnecessary items. NEVER KEEP ANYTHING WHICH IS UNNECESSARY TO YOUR WORK. Step 2 – If you and your colleagues cannot decide whether an item is necessary or not, put DISPOSAL NOTICE with the data on the item and set item aside. Step 3 – After a period, say two months, check if someone has the item or not. If no one has need of the item, that means the item is not needed for your work. Note: Disposal can be done in either of the following ways: 1. Sell it to outside of the company. 2. Move to other department /section where the item is needed. 3. Throw it away, dispose as garbage. 4. In disposing the belongings of the company, it is better to make people know who has the authority for disposal. What Do You Need To Know? Read Information Sheet 1.1 very well then find out how much you can remember and how much you learned by doing Self-check 1.1. Information Sheet 1.1 THE WORKING STATION
  • 34. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 33 5. It is also better to make people know where to return excessive stock of materials and supplies. 6. While looking around for unnecessary items in your workplace, look at every nook. It will be a bonus to you if you found some useful items. 2. SEITON (SYSTEMATIZE) means “Arrange necessary items in good order to use” Step 1 – Make sure that all unnecessary items are eliminated from your workplace. Step 2 – Decide with your colleagues which things to put where taking into account the flow of your work. The principle is to put most frequently needed items close to the user so as to minimize the movement of the person. Things which are not so often used should be placed slightly further away. Step 3 – It is necessary to make sure that everyone at your workplace knows what is kept for efficient use. Make a list of things with location and put it in a locker or cabinet. Label each drawer/cabinet to show what is kept inside. Note: The object of SEITON (SYSTEMATIZED) is to make your workplace a safe and efficient place to work in. 3. SEISO (SWEEP) means clean your workplace. There is a very strong correlation between quality of products and cleanliness of the workplace where products are manufactured. Accordingly, SEISO (SWEEP) should be practiced every day, and sometimes, even during the day. The following are suggested for your SEISO (SWEEP) operation:  Do not wait until things get dirty. Clean your workplace, including machines, equipment, tools and furniture regularly so that they do not have chance to get dirty.  Spend three minutes cleaning up every day.  You and your colleagues should be responsible for the cleanliness of your immediate surrounding you. The janitors or sweepers will look after the common areas only.  Never throw anything and make it your habit.  Cleaning is also checking. 4. SEIKETSU (SANITIZE) means maintain high standard of housekeeping. So as not to waste your effort, do not stop after implementing the initial 3S. The following are suggested for your SEIKETSU (SANITIZE) operation:  Create a maintenance system for housekeeping. Make a schedule of cleaning for your workplace.  Interdepartmental competition is a very effective means of sustaining and enhancing people‟s interest on 5Ss. Note: 1. Indicate the names of the persons responsible for the work area and for the machine. 2. Regular inspection and evaluation on the level of 4Ss by each work are necessary.
  • 35. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 34 3. Do not criticize poor cases, but also praise and commend good practices or good performances. 5. SHITSUKE (SELF-DISCIPLINE) means “do things spontaneously without being told or ordered.” It is to make every one practice 4Ss spontaneously and willingly as habit or way of life. There is no other way to foster such culture than practicing 4Ss regularly until such time when everyone becomes fond of 5Ss. To help such corporate culture conducive to 5Ss, the following need to be emphasized:  Treat your workplace as your own home.  You are spending most of your WAKING TIME at your workplace than at home.  Your workplace is an important place where you earn for yourself and your family.  Make your workplace as clean and comfortable as your home. Note: In enhancing SHITSUKE (SELF-DISCIPLINE) of employees of a company, the rules of management are very important. People with managerial duties should be worthy of respect and emulation. What can an individual gain from the 5Ss? 1. The 5Ss makes your workplace more pleasant. In practicing 5Ss, you have to start from discussing and agreeing what to put for efficient use by everyone. With your colleagues, you have to clean the workplace. Such human relation and working environment will make you and your workplace pleasant. 2. The 5Ss makes your work more efficient. If you have to look for something and take so much time finding it, you are not only wasting your time but also wasting your energy and moral. On the other hand, if everything at your workplace is arranged in proper order and readily available for use, your work flow will always be very smooth. It improves not only your efficiency but also improves the rhythm of your work and the more you will enjoy it. If you have work , better to enjoy it. 3. The 5Ss improves your safety. A clear and tidy working environment where everything is properly placed, where clear instructions are readily available, and where no one throws anything is safer place to work in. Practicing 5Ss improves your own safety. You can enjoy your work more with less risk. 4. The 5Ss improves quality of your work and your products. People affect environment. On the other hand, the environment also affects people. If you are accustomed to work in a clear and tidy environment, you can develop your sensitivity so that you can feel and identify any defect in work. On the contrary, messy and untidy environment will adversely affect your sensitivity. Therefore, good environment will improve the quality of your work. It is quite natural that quality products come only from a clean and well- organized workplace.
  • 36. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 35 5. The 5Ss improve the quality life of people. The process of 5Ss requires people to think, consult and cooperate with each other. At the same time, practicing the 5Ss gives people satisfaction of being creative and friendly with others In summary:  5Ss improves CREATIVITY of people  5Ss improves COMMUNICATION  5Ss improves HUMAN RELATION among people  5Ss enhances COMRADERSHIP among people  5Ss gives VITALITY to people Vitality of the people is the locomotion that moves a company forward. Signs, signals and barricades are important for the safety of construction workers. Signs and symbols should be visible at all times when work is being performed, and shall be removed or covered promptly when the hazard does not exist anymore. I. Danger Signs. Danger signs shall be used only where an immediate hazard exists. Danger signs should be read as the predominant color for the upper panel; outline on the borders; and a white lower panel for additional text. II. Caution Signs. Caution signs shall be used only to warn against or caution against practices. Caution sign shall have yellow as the predominant color; black upper panel and borders; yellow lettering for “caution” on the black panel; and the lower yellow panel for the additional text. Black lettering shall be used for additional text. Standard color of the background shall be yellow; and the panel, black with yellow letters. Any letter used against the yellow background shall be black. The colors shall be those of opaque glossy samples. SIGNS, SIGNALS AND BARRICADES
  • 37. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 36 III. Exit Signs. Exit signs, when required, shall be lettered in legible red letters, not less than 6 inches high, on a white field and the principal stroke of the letters shall be at least three-fourths in width. IV. Safety Instructions Signs. Safety instruction signs, when used, shall be with green upper panel with white letters to convey the principal message. Any additional text on the sign shall be black letters on the white background. V. Directional Signs. Directional signs, other than automotive traffic signs specified in the paragraph below, shall be white with a black panel and white directional symbol. Any text on the sign shall be black letters on the white background. VI. Traffic Signs. Construction areas shall be posted with legible traffic signs at hazardous areas. All traffic control signs or devices used for protection of construction workers shall conform to Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) standards. VII.Accident Prevention Tags. Accident prevention tags shall be used as temporary means of warning of an existing hazard such as defective tools, equipment, etc. They shall not be used in place of, or as a substitute for, accident prevention signs. Specifications for accident prevention tags similar as shown below shall apply.
  • 38. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 37 VIII. Signaling Sings and Barricades 1. Flagmen. Flaggers shall use red flags, at least 18 inches square or sign paddles, and in the dark, red lights. Flagmen shall wear a red or orange garment while flagging. Warning garments worn at night shall be of reflectorized material. 2. Barricades. Barricades for protection of employees shall conform to the OSHA standards. IX. Introduction We have heard of the slogans: “Watch your Step!- Look before you Leap-Take it easy!” and dozens of others which mean the same thing. We have also heard of a very important slogan “Safety first”. A. Avoiding Hazard in the Shop Area. When working in a shop, we should become acquainted with the things that may cause trouble. If we know about hazards, we could avoid them. Hand tools and power tools have caused many shop accidents that could have been prevented easily. B. Attitude. Carelessness is a sign of poor working attitude. By being careless you can injure yourself or others, only proper conduct and good working attitude can prevent accidents. Thinking about safety reduces accidents. Keep your work area clear of unnecessary tools and other parts which are not needed in your work. It is not a good thing to leave scraps and debris on the shop floor. Under such conditions, workers may slip and fall. WORK SAFETY
  • 39. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 38 If nails are removed from boards, the unwary may step on them. Do not leave boards lying around that have nail points sticking out. Chisels are dangerous if not properly handled. The workers should always take care to use the chisel in such a way that the cutting is performed in the direction away from the parts of the body. Clamping the stock firmly in place and using two hands to operate a chisel obviously eliminate the danger of cutting yourself. When handling a sharp tool to another person, extend the handle first. This shows both courtesy and sound practice toward accident prevention. Use the proper tool for the right job. The wrong tool can injure you. Do not place sharp tools in your pocket. Sharp tools could cut or puncture your skin. Be sure that your tools are in good condition. Heads of hammers, mallet and hatchets if not properly attached to its handle could fly out and seriously injure someone. II. Safety While Working Work carefully and give your job complete attention. Be concerned with personal safety. Know shop layout and the location of safety devices, including fire exits and fire extinguisher. Protect yourself by wearing the proper clothes and proper safety devices. Loose clothing can catch on moving parts and can result in serious personal injury. Dangling sleeves and shirttails should not be worn. Keep long sleeves buttoned and shirttails tucked in.
  • 40. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 39 Wear full leather shoes with non-skid soles to protect your feet and to prevent you from slipping. Steel-toed safety shoes provide the best protection for shop work. Long hair and jewelry are hazards also. Long hair should be covered with a brimless cap. A cap with a brim, as well as long hair, is caught easily in moving parts and machinery. Rings should be removed, because they can get caught. Wear safety glasses or a face shield where particles can fly around. Keep handling tools in good conditions. Tools that may slip can cause cuts and bruises. A good grip on tools also prevents personal injury and damage. Wipe excessive dirt from hands and tools. Wrong tool can damage parts and the tool itself. Do not use broken or bent tools. Be careful when using sharp or pointed tools that can slip and cause injury. If a tool is to be sharpened, make sure it is sharp. Dull tools can be more dangerous than sharp tools. Do not use a power tool without permission from your teacher. Be sure you know how to operate the tool properly before using it. Instructions should be read carefully. Make sure everyone and all parts are clear before starting the machines. Keep hands and clothing away from the moving parts.
  • 41. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 40 Never leave a power tool unattended when it is running. If you leave, turn off the machine. Anyone passing by an unattended machine can get hurt seriously. If the machine does not operate properly, turn it off and wait until it has stopped completely. Do not enter a work area where a power tool is being used. Obey the rules outlined by your teacher. Stay away from power tools that are being operated.
  • 42. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 41 III. A Healthy Shop Is a Safe Shop The shop should be pleasant place where you will enjoy your work. Large manufacturing companies have learned that the shop accidents are greatly reduced when the shop itself is well-lighted and well-ventilated. The introduction of ventilating and blower systems, which free the air of dust and particles of dirt, have gone a long way toward reducing accidents. Good lighting, both natural and artificial, likewise safeguards the worker. A healthy shop is a safe shop. After all, the protection of health is the first rule: “Safety First in the Shop”.
  • 43. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 42 IV. First Aid. First aid should be performed when someone gets into an accident. Timely performance of first aid could save a person‟s life or prevent permanent injury. Many accidents happen and due to human error and carelessness can be prevented by safety education and first aid training; the rescuer should proceed from the most fatal to the least serious injuries. The inspection of injured persons should be quickly and accurately done to save the life of the victim. The Hierarchy of Seven Bases of Inspection in Case of Accident:  Profuse bleeding  Cessation of breathing  Internal poisoning  Shock after an injury  Burns  Fractures  Dislocations, sprains, and strains A. General Rules /Procedure of Giving First Aid. Principles are rules of right conduct in the performance of certain tasks. Simply, principles are guides to follow. 1. Remember that you are a first aider. 2. Send for medical help immediately when necessary. 3. Keep calm. 4. Do first things first. 5. Expect the worst 6. Keep the victim quiet and comfortable. 7. Check for bleeding, breathing, poisoning, fractures and dislocation. 8. Keep victim warm. 9. Do not give water or food to the unconscious. 10. Give water never alcohol. 11. Keep onlookers away. 12. Never waste time. 13. Loosen tight clothing. 14. Splint fractures and dislocation 15. Protect victim from vomiting and other secretions by turning head sideways. 16. Don‟t be in a hurry when moving victims. 17. Reassure the victim. Keep him or her cheerful. 18. Don‟t let the victim see the injury to avoid shock. 19. Don‟t touch wounds with hands or mouth. 20. Notify parents or relatives of the injured.
  • 44. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 43 B. Poisoning. When strong chemicals like insecticides have been swallowed, medical assistance should be sought immediately. 1. Ingesting a strong chemical What to do: a. Neutralize the poison by giving the victim carbonate soda, milk or raw eggs, flour diluted in water or baking soda or food oil. b. Seek medical assistance immediately. 2. Ingesting alkaline (ammonia) What to do: a. Give vinegar and water or calamansi juice b. Seek medical assistance immediately C. Cessation of Breathing. When breathing stops for any reason, the condition that arises is referred to as respiratory arrest. The heart may continue to beat for several minutes after the breathing process stops. Major: 1. Heart Attack 2. Blockage of air passage 3. Accidents involving drowning and electrocution 4. Suffocation of gases, smoke and compression depressant
  • 45. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 44 Symptoms of Respiratory Arrest 1. Without oxygen, breaths will become shorter and faster, a headache may occur, ears will probably pound and thinking will become fuzzy. 2. Victim may appear to be under the influence of alcohol. He may become unconscious and breathing maybe arrested. 3. In a very short time heart will stop breathing and death will follow. But remember, as long as the heart is beating, breathing may possibly resume. Artificial respiration can save the life of a victim who has stopped breathing. Artificial respiration is the procedure for making air to flow into and out of the lungs of the person. The mouth to mouth (or mouth to nose) technique is the most practical method for emergency ventilation. Mouth-to-mouth (mouth to nose) method of artificial respiration 1. Wipe out quickly any visible foreign matter in the mouth using finger or cloth wrapped around your fingers. 2. Tilt head back so that the chin tilts points upward. 3. Pull or push jaw into jutting out poison. This maneuver should remove obstructions from the airway by moving the base of the tongue away from the back of the throat. D. Sprain occurs when trauma such as violent twist or stretch causes the joints to move outside its normal range of movement and ligaments are torn. Sprains are common to ankle and wrist. Allow the sprain to be fully mended because a second or third sprain may be worst. The usual symptoms of sprain are: 1. Pain and tenderness in affected area 2. Rapid swelling, sometimes with discoloration of the skin 3. Impaired joint function An emergency approach for minor sprains is called PRICE, which means: 1. PROTECTION - Immobilize affected area and prevent further injury using elastic wraps, slings, splints, crutches or a cane if necessary. 2. REST - Avoid activities that can cause pain or swelling. Rest is important to hasten tissue healing. 3. ICE - Ice application immediately is necessary to avoid swelling, pain and muscle spasm. Re-apply the ice application for the first day or two. 4. COMPRESSION - Compress the injury until the swelling ceases with warps or compressive bandages. 5. ELEVATION - Raise the swollen arm or leg higher than heart level to reduce swelling. Usually this can be done at night. E. Strains are muscle injuries caused by stretching the muscles beyond a reasonable limit. Muscle fiber may be torn from their attachment and the tendon that attached the muscle to the bone may be ruptured or even pulled loose. This happens when lifting heavy weight and when the person slips. Signs and symptoms 1. In localized pain, an injury occurs when allowed by tenderness and swelling in some cases 2. Stiffness and tenderness happen after 24 hours immediately after a muscle is pulled.
  • 46. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 45 3. If the muscles seem not to function at all, the muscles have ruptured. First Aid 1. Apply ice or cold pack to injured area for the first 24 hours after injury. After that, use a heating pad or take hot baths. 2. If swelling is extensive, use cold packs throughout the entire recovery of a muscle injury. 3. Reduce swelling, elevate the injured muscle and use compression wraps, like bandage. Do not bind the injured part tightly. 4. Rest the injured muscle while still painful. F. Fracture. Fracture is a broken bone. The common type of an adult‟s fracture is referred to as simple fracture with the breaks usually straight across the shaft of a big bone and no broken bone protruding. The more severe type of fracture in which the ends of the broken bone pierces the muscle and the skin is called a compound fracture. This is more serious. Other tissues are in danger of infection. Caring for Fractures 1. Apply cold cloth or ice to the injured area to relieve pain. 2. Bond or splint a compound fracture if you have to transport the victim. 3. If there is bleeding, cover the wound with sterile surgical dressing or clean cloth and bandage it snugly in place. 4. Avoid moving the victim more than necessary. Splint and support should be applied where the injured persons lies so that when he or she moves, there will be no further damage. 5. Keep the victim perfectly quiet, lying on his or her back. Do not permit him or her to move, sit up or stand. 6. Turn his head slightly away from the injured side. 7. Keep the patient warm by covering him or her with blankets. 8. Do not give stimulants, liquor or pain killers. A. CONVULSION /EPILEPSY 1. Place the victim on something wide and soft such as bed or a thick rug so that he or she will not be injured by his or her involuntary motions. 2. Loosen the clothing so as to reduce the danger of choking 3. Put something blunt (such as small roll of cloth) between the victim‟s teeth to told the jaws apart to keep the tongue from being bitten. 4. Place the victim on his side rather than on his back for there is danger of vomiting and choking on the vomitus. Do not always keep his face turned to one side. 5. If breathing stops for a minute or two, administer artificial respiration. FIRST AID: EMERGENCY CASES
  • 47. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 46 6. If there is a high fever, reduce the body temperature as quickly as possible, wrapping the patient with a sheet wrung out of cold water. Then allow an electric fan to play the wet sheet. This will cause rapid evaporation and will have a cooling effect. B. INTOXICATION. Alcohol is a depressant, a slow acting anesthetic. Reflexes are slowed and muscles coordination impaired. Alcohol impairs the intellectual functions inhibitions and handicapping one in the exercise of judgment. The deeply intoxicated person becomes pale and may break into cold sweat, may vomit, and lapse into unconsciousness. This stupor disappears in a few hours as the body gradually metabolizes the alcohol. Treat the patient as follows: 1. Empty the patient‟s stomach by helping him to vomit. Let the patient drink two or three glasses of warm salt water. 2. Give large dose (2tbsp) of crystals in a half glass of water of spoon salt. 3. Keep the patient‟s body warm. An intoxicated person easily chills and develops pneumonia. C. SNAKE BITES 1. Bring the victim to a hospital as soon as possible. Meanwhile, take these first measures:  Keep the victim from moving around.  Keep the victim as calm as possible, preferably lying down.  Immobilize the bitten extremity and keep it below the heart level. 2. If mild to moderate symptoms develop, apply a constricting band from 2-4 inches above the bite but not around a joint like elbow, knee, wrist, or trunk. The band should be from ¾ to 1 1/2 inches wide not thin like rubber band. The band should be snug, but not loose enough to one finger underneath. Be alert to swelling; loosen the band if it becomes too tight, but do not remove it. Periodically check the pulse to ensure blood flow. 3. If severe symptoms develop, incision and suctions should be performed immediately. Apply a constricting bond and make a cut in the skin with a sharp sterilized blade though large fang mark. Cuts should be no deeper than just through the skin and should be one half long, extending over the venom deposit which is usually lower than the fang mark. Do not make cross-cut incision. Do not make cuts on the head, neck or trunk. Suction should be applied with a suction cup for 30 minutes. If a cup is not available, use the mouth. There is a little risk to the rescuer who uses his mouth, but it is recommended that the venom not be swallowed and mouth should be rinsed properly. Methods of Transportation
  • 48. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 47 Directions: This part checks whether you have learned the required competencies for this particular module. Simply encircle the best answer from the choices given. 1. Who introduced the 5Ss principle? A. The English C. The Japanese B. Filipinos 2. Which of the following are the 5Ss? A. Seiri, Seiton,Sweep, Seiketsu Shitzu B. Seiri, Seiton, Seiso, Sanitize, Shitzu C. Sort, Seiton, Sweep, Seiketsu, Shitzu D. Seiri, Systematize, Seiso, Seiketsu, Shitsu 3. It refers to the cleaning of workshop. A. Seiton C. Seiso B. Seiri D. Seiketsu 4. It is the condition to maintain high standard of good housekeeping where there is no dust and rust anywhere. A. Sort C. Sweep B. Systematize D. Sanitize 5. Which is practiced when your colleagues decide with you which things to put where taking into account the flow of your work? A. Sort C. Sweep B. Systematize D. Sanitize 6. Its advantage is to promote camaraderie among workers in the company. A. Shitsuke C. The 5Ss B. Seiton D. Systematize 7. It ensures the safety of the construction workers. A. Signs, signal and barricades C. Exit signs B. Danger signs D. Safety instructions signs 8. Which shall be used when an immediate hazard exists? A. Signs, signal and barricades C. Exit signs B. Danger signs D. Safety instructions signs How Much Have You Learned? Self-Check 1.1
  • 49. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 48 9. Which shall be used as temporary means of warning an existing hazard such as defected tools and equipment? A. Danger signs C. Traffic signs B. Accidental prevention tags D. Directional signs 10. Which is a major factor for the prevention of shop accidents? A. Signs, symbols, barricades C. Attitude B. The 5Ss Principle D. Systematize Directions: Give what is being asked by the listed items below. Write your answer on the space provided. A. Explain briefly the following 5Ss: 1. SEIRI 2. SEITON 3. SEISO 4. SEIKETSU 5. SHITSU B. Cite four advantages of the 5Ss if observed strictly? C. Enumerate 5 reasons why schools such as yours should practice the 5Ss religiously? Directions: 1. Group yourselves into groups with five members. 2. Each group shall role play for 10 to 15 minutes certain activities that are observed in the road. 3. Be sure to use safety signs and symbols as props. 4. Presentation shall be assessed according to the given rubrics. Show that you learned something by doing this activity. Refer to the Answer Key. What is your score? HowDo YouApplyWhatYou HaveLearned? Activity Sheet 1.1 Activity Sheet 1.2
  • 50. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 49 Directions: This activity is a group work. 1. Perform a pantomime for 7-10 minutes. 2. Be sure that the scenario will create favorable impact on the audience zeroing in the key points on industrial hazards and accidents. 3. Performances shall be evaluated using the given rubric. Directions: 1. List down all possible shop norms that you can think of based on the 5Ss which will comprise your personal checklist of shop norms. 2. Finalize your personal checklist of shop norms on a ¼ size illustration board which you will accomplish weekly by simply putting check marks ( / ) on shop norms that you perform consistently the whole week. 3. Remember, the check marks are representative of your practices for the week. This checklist shall be used for the whole year. So, put your extra effort to keep it clean and in perfect condition. Directions: 1. Group yourselves according to the class grouping to perform a buzz session for 20 minutes. 2. The focus of this activity is to come up with common shop rules to prevent or minimize shop accidents due to incorrect work practices. The more rules the group can craft, the better would it be for the group. 3. Be sure that the rules determined have been written clearly on a whole sheet of butcher‟s paper (Manila paper). 4. Finally, let the group leader present the output to the class for discussion in order to come up with one set of rules for the entire class. Activity Sheet 1.3 Activity Sheet 1.4 Activity Sheet 1.5
  • 51. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 50 III. BUZZ SESSION (Assignment Sheet 1.5)
  • 52. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 51 Directions: Choose the letter of the best answer. Write your answer on your answer sheet. 1. It is simply the application of workable principles that increases the awareness and ability of the workers to be more productive and efficient without sacrificing their safety and the product quality. A. Occupational health and safety C. Work procedure B. Risk management D. Work simplification 2. Which primarily uses least resources in the workplace? A. Occupational health and safety C. Work procedure B. Risk management D. Work simplification 3. What government agency is responsible primarily for setting and enforcing mandatory occupational health and safety standards through appropriate orders? A. Department of public works and highways B. Civil service commission C. Department of labor and employment D. Department of budget and management 4. Which is NOT a Personal Protective Equipment? A. helmets C. clothing B. goggles D. none of the above What Do You Already Know? Follow standard work processes and procedures LEARNING OUTCOME 2 Let us determine how much you already know about following standard work processes and procedures. Take this test. Pretest LO 2  Commonly used materials are maintained in designated area according to procedure.  Work is performed according to the standard work procedures per instructions and Occupational Health and Safety (OHS) requirements.  Incidents are reported to immediate supervisor. PERFORMANCE STANDARDS
  • 53. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 52 5. Which is a common hazard? A. Obstructions C. Hazardous dusts B. Damaged saw blades D. Gaseous 6. Which is a risk? A. Out-of-control cutting machine C. Power cords B. Vibration D. Beard, loose hair, loose clothing 7. Which is a step on risk management? A. Identification of safety procedures C. Training the workers B. Hazard Identification D. Education 8. Which is a control measure on accident prevention? A. Workplace communication and consultation B. Safety and health committee meetings C. Regular equipment and work safety checks D. Education 9. Which is the emphasis of continuous training of the workers as hazard/risk management measure? A. Workplace safety and health B. Emergency and first aid procedures C. Hazards and risks associated with work activities D. Education 10. Who are covered by the Occupational Health and Safety Regulations? A. Employers C. Self-employed B. Workers D. All of the above
  • 54. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 53 Can you imagine how an office or company would look like without any system in the workplace? How do you assess the kind of workers such an office have? What kind of products or outputs do they have? Would their effectiveness and efficiency be affected? What if you were the owner, would you be happy seeing such disorganized, unhealthy, and embarrassing workplace in your company? How would you address such behavior of the workers? Fig. 1. Workplace without a System What is work simplification? It is simply the application of workable principles that increases the awareness and ability of the workers to be more productive and efficient without sacrificing their safety and the product quality. Workers perform tasks expected of them in simpler ways. Work simplification is also defined as the use of equipment, ergonomics, functional planning and behavior modification to reduce the physical and psychological stresses on the body of activities at home or at work by reducing the physical demands on the body during tasks acts to reduce the risk of injury or re-injury. What Do You Need To Know? Read Information Sheet 2.1 very well then find out how much you can remember and how much you learned by doing Self-check 2.1. Information Sheet 2.1 WORK SIMPLIFICATION
  • 55. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 54 Furthermore, work simplification means the performance of steps comprising a work in a manner that is least expensive in resources such as effort, money, and time. It has to be performed in conformity with the work objective. Doable for Work Simplification Besides controlling the work environment to reduce or prevent risk of injury, the following items need to be done. 1. Establish in the workplace some simple guidelines for task set up, materials, tools, equipment storage, and work techniques and routines for reduction of physical and mental strain. 2. Modify workplace layout to enable a task to be less strenuous by:  storing heavier and frequently used items at waist level;  setting up work tasks to avoid twisting of the spine, bending forwards or reaching away from the body;  using tools or mechanical equipment to reduce the physical force required to complete tasks, for instance, trolleys, jacks and cranes;  storing infrequently used equipment below mid thigh height or above shoulder height;  allowing tasks be done from a sitting or standing position or rotated to allow postural change where possible;  using a stepladder to access higher items and reduce the need for above the shoulder reaching. 3. Modify ways of load lifting to prevent further injury by considering the following:  Can large loads be broken down into smaller loads to reduce the impact on the body?  Can the load be lifted with two hands rather than one?  Can handles on loads be altered to make it easier to carry the load?  Can loads be carried safely against the body to allow the larger muscles of the legs to support the load rather than the smaller muscles of the arms?  Can the load be lifted using a team lift?  Remember, it is more physically demanding to grip smaller items or large items with the hand at full stretch. Philippine Occupational Health and Safety laws place responsibility for workplace safety on employers, workers, self employed people, people in control of workplaces, and the manufacturers and distributors of plant and equipment. Employers must provide and maintain a working environment in which workers are not exposed to hazards as far as practicable. This includes providing information, instruction, training and supervision to enable workers to perform their work safely. Workers must take reasonable care of their own safety and health and that of others, follow safety instructions and use protective clothing and equipment as instructed. See sections The Occupational Safety and Health laws of the Philippines require employers, main contractors, self-employed people and those in control of workplaces or access to workplaces, as far as practical, to: OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY
  • 56. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 55  identify each hazard to which a person at the workplace is likely to be exposed;  assess the risk of injury or harm to a person resulting from each hazard;  take action to control or reduce the risk. Furthermore, the Secretary of Labor is responsible for setting and enforcing mandatory occupational health and safety standards by appropriate orders, and for instituting and updating programs to ensure safe and healthy working conditions in all places of employment. To this end, a number of agencies attached to DOLE implement and issue relevant guidelines and processes. Like in any other field of human endeavor, masonry workers known as masons are protected by laws enabling their safety and lives secured and promoted at all times. In doing so, Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) which includes protective clothing is required.  a safety helmet;  safety footwear;  safety goggles;  a face shield;  hearing protection;  sun and weather protection;  gloves to improve grip and reduce force and vibration; and  where hazardous dusts or fumes cannot be eliminated, respiratory protection. Operators should avoid wearing loose fitting clothing or jewelry. Long hair worn loose and long beards can also be hazardous. Cutting and drilling equipment especially saw blade discs and drill bits, should be removed from machines and stored where they will not be damaged between use. Some hazards are common to all concrete and masonry cutting and drilling operations, however there are also hazards specific to individual types of equipment, such as: 1. Kick-back, push-back or pull-in – These are potentially violent forces that occur suddenly and can be difficult to control. They are most likely to cause injury when hand-held or „quick-cut‟ concrete or masonry saws are used, especially when chasing. They can also cause fixed concrete saws to be wrenched from their fittings, with the potential of the saw running free on the ground. It is important that training for operators includes awareness of safe work practices and the risks of kick-back. Employers and hire equipment suppliers must ensure operators have information and training on safe work practices. 2. Obstructions or resistance in the material being cut – These can cause sudden kick-back, push back or pull-in movements of the saw. They occur when different quadrants of the blade come into contact with obstructions or resistance within the concrete or masonry such as from reinforcing steel bars, steel mesh or brick ties. 3. Crooked or off-line cuts – These can cause the saw to bite or pinch resulting in kick-back, push-back or pull-in reactions. These reactions are also most likely to occur with hand-held saws. 4. Pinched cuts – These are caused when the object being cut moves, resulting in the cutting groove tightening on the saw blade, thus increasing the risk of kick-back etc. COMMON HAZARDS
  • 57. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 56 5. Blunt cutting edges – Injuries can be caused by using a saw blade or drill bit with the wrong diamond cutting bond. If the bond or matrix holding the cutting diamonds together is too hard for the material being cut, the bonding material does not wear away quickly enough, resulting in the surface diamonds becoming blunt. This means extra force has to be applied by the operator, especially with hand-held saws, increasing the risk of kick-back, push-back or pull-in. 6. Unsafe grip, stance or stop-start procedures for hand-held saws – These can cause the saw to swing out of control and come into contact with the operator or strike objects that may cause the saw to fall and run free on the ground. 7. Worn, misshapen, cracked or damaged saw blades, or the wrong type of blade – These can cause the blade to wobble, vibrate, shatter, or fragment and fly off. Guarding on most concrete and masonry equipment is designed to protect the operator from flying blade fragments, but not others in the workplace. Guarding should, therefore, not be regarded as a total safeguard. Blades are most likely to disintegrate when force is used, for example when the diamond cutting edge becomes dull, an obstruction is encountered, the cutting groove is not straight or the blade is pinched. 8. Worn blade shaft – Incorrectly fitted blades or the wrong type of blade for the job can cause wear on the central shaft causing even new blades to shake, resulting in early wearing and risk of shatter. 7 9. Wrong-size blades – Blades could be too large, too small, or the wrong type for the cutting machine or size and shape of the concrete or masonry item being cut. For example, a small diameter blade used to cut a thick slab may not penetrate sufficiently; increasing the risk of kick-back or blade-shatter should the blade strike resistance. 10. Hazardous dusts – These are emitted by cutting and drilling operations or equipment that does not use water for cooling cutting parts and capturing dust. Concrete dust may carry high levels of silica dust and repeated exposure can cause silicosis, which is a scarring and stiffening of the lungs. The effects are irreversible, invariably resulting in death. Coarser rock particles can cause short term throat irritation and bronchitis. 11. Insufficient flow of coolant water – This can cause overheating and expansion of both metal and masonry, resulting in poor performance, jamming, severe blade damage and projectile hazards. 12. Incompatible flanges and blades – These can cause uneven blade movement, wear and tear, and the risk of blade-shatter. 13. Incorrectly secured blades – These are caused by nuts and flanges which are not tightened sufficiently on the saw shaft, which can cause uneven blade movement and the risk of blade-shatter. 14. Inadequate securing of anchor points – These can cause a fixed saw to break free from its track fittings. 15. A beard, loose hair, or loose clothing – These can cause the operator to become entangled with moving saw blades, drill bits and other moving parts. 16. Hand-held saw cutting above shoulder or below knee-height – This can reduce operator control and increase the risk of kick-back, push-back or pull-in injury. 17. Cutting concrete pipes – This requires special safe procedures to prevent the pipe from rolling or moving during cutting, particularly when a handheld saw is used. A specific hazard during pipe cutting is pressure from the raised flange on the pipe-end
  • 58. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 57 causing the cut to close and pinch the saw blade, resulting in kick-back or blade shatter injury. Other hazards include the presence of steel reinforcing mesh in concrete pipes, and a practice sometimes used for pipe-cutting involving a series of plunge cuts around a pre-drawn line on the pipe‟s outer surface. 18. Toxic fumes – Without adequate ventilation, petrol motor emissions containing carbon monoxide and other toxic gases can build up to hazardous levels. 19. Insufficient guarding – Guarding on some concrete or masonry saws is more effective than on others. When purchasing, consider the adequacy of guarding. Part of a safe work procedure should be to ensure that the manufacturer‟s recommended guarding is fitted to such saws. Removing guarding can greatly increase injury risk. 20. Electric wires, gas or water pipes – Exposing services, especially in existing structures, can put the operator at risk of slipping, electrocution, exposure to toxic gases, or explosion. 21. Power cords – When attached to electric-powered cutting equipment and other machinery, these may be cut or damaged. Pools of water coolant and slurry could cause electrocution due to an immersed cord. 22. Uneven or unstable surfaces – These can increase the likelihood that the operator may trip or stumble, causing an unexpected movement of the blade resulting in kick- back. 23. Wet, slippery floors – Coolant water and slurry on floors can cause slips and falls. 24. Obstructions in access ways – Blocks of masonry and bricks in areas where the operator and others must stand, work, or move can cause trips and falls. 25. Vibration – Whole body or hand or arm vibration caused by prolonged use of cutting or drilling equipment can cause nerve, circulatory, and joint damage. 26. Working alone – This can be hazardous because of the potential need for assistance in the event of an emergency situation or injury. 27. Noise – Excessive noise from concrete cutting and drilling is a workplace hazard. Refer t The most likely risks of injury or harm come from:  flying saw fragments;  saw kick-back, push-back, or pull-in;  out-of-control or free-running cutting machines;  falling concrete and masonry;  inadequate scaffolding;  noise;  electrocution;  hazardous dusts from dry cutting and drilling, such as silica dust, contributing to lung disease;  slips, trips and falls;  manual handling or strain injuries;  vibration damage to circulation, nerves and joints; and  suffocation or poisoning from hazardous fumes or gases emitted by petrol motors and other equipment or damaged gas supply services. COMMON RISKS
  • 59. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 58 How do we control risks? 1. Hazard Identification. This includes, but not limited to, regular review of safety procedures for each type of equipment and job, regular checking of information, regular inspection of equipment before each job, and checking the possible presence and location of obstructions. 2. Risk Assessment. Assessing risks involves calculating the likelihood and severity of injury or harm resulting from identified hazards. 3. Controlling Risks. Control risks by introducing safety measures to eliminate or minimize the risk of a person being exposed to a hazard. Safety Procedures Hazard identification and risk assessment procedures should be carried out for each type of concrete or masonry cutting or drilling job, in order to develop, implement and maintain control measures for each item of equipment and each job. 1. Control measures should be regularly reviewed.  Workplace communication and consultation  Safety and health committee meetings  Regular equipment and work safety checks  Incident, accident and near-miss records  Injury and lost time records  Repair and maintenance reports 2. Workers should be continuously trained specifically on information and instruction on:  Workplace safety and health  hazards and risks associated with work activities  Safe work practices and procedures, safe handling (including lifting and moving), safe operation of equipment, and the control measures in place  Safe use of equipment, electrical safety, safety in confined spaces and other training required under hazard-specific regulations  Hazardous substances relevant to the work to be performed  Correct use, fit, and care of PPE, tools and equipment and why the equipment is needed  Emergency and first aid procedures  Sun protection to prevent skin cancer  Fire protection  Information on dust, fumes, and air quality  Recognition of poorly ventilated areas and confined spaces RISK MANAGEMENT
  • 60. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 59 Directions: Choose the letter of the best answer. Write your answer on your answer sheet. 1. It is simply the application of workable principles that increases the awareness and ability of the workers to be more productive and efficient without sacrificing their safety and the product quality. A. Occupational health and safety C. Work procedure B. Risk management D. Work simplification 2. Which primarily uses least resources in the workplace? A. Occupational health and safety C. Work procedure B. Risk management D. Work simplification 3. What government agency is responsible primarily for setting and enforcing mandatory occupational health and safety standards through appropriate orders? A. Department of Public Works and Highways B. Civil Service Commission C. Department of Labor and Employment D. Department of Budget and Management 4. Which is NOT a Personal Protective Equipment? A. helmets C. clothing B. goggles D. none of the above 5. Which is a common hazard? A. obstructions C. hazardous dusts B. damaged saw blades D. all of the above 6. Which is a risk? A. Out-of-control cutting machine C. power cords B. Vibration D. beard, loose hair, loose clothing 7. Which is a step on risk management? A. Identification of Safety Procedures C. Training the workers B. Hazard Identification D. Education 8. Which is a control measure on accident prevention? A. Workplace communication and consultation B. Safety and health committee meetings C. Regular equipment and work safety checks D. Education How Much Have You Learned? Self-Check 2.1
  • 61. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 60 9. Which is the emphasis of continuous training of the workers as hazard/risk management measure? A. Workplace safety and health B. Emergency and first aid procedures C. Hazards and risks associated with work activities D. All of the above 10. Who are covered by the Occupational Health and Safety Regulations? A. Employers C. Self-employed B. Workers D. All of the above I. For the created teams. A team will be selected to perform the main activity. 1. The selected team shall re-arrange the shop layout according to the pointers on work simplification designed to minimize occupational hazards, thus promotes workers health and safety. 2. The team shall be given 15 minutes to prepare a plan which shall be executed for a maximum of 10 minutes. 3. The team performance shall be evaluated by the audience using deliberative judging. II. For the audience-judges. Those who were not selected as team members shall play the role of audience-judges. While the team deliberates on the shop layout to be executed, the audience-judges: 1. conduct a buzz session headed by a leader who shall act as the supreme judge in order to craft a rubric for the team performance; 2. shall present individually their comments/remarks backed up with appropriate justifications after the team has performed its task. The team members shall not make any comment or remark; instead, they shall listen or give an answer whenever asked. 3. The final rating of the team shall be announced by the supreme judge who shall act as mediator or set a ruling, whenever possible. Each group shall initiate a 10 minute-panel discussion on Occupational Health and Safety. The following are the general guidelines for the groups in holding the panel discussion: Refer to the Answer Key. What is your score? HowDo YouApplyWhatYou HaveLearned? Activity Sheet 2.1 Activity Sheet 2.2
  • 62. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 61  The group may invite experienced persons who shall sit as panel guests. The group members shall serve as panelists, therefore, they are responsible for shooting particular questions or topics for discussion.  Identified group members may play the role of experienced guests who are responsible for shading lights on the issues or concerns on hand; Others shall play as panelists and responsible for running a quality show. Panel Discussion Rubric Symbols and Meaning: ___+ Consistently ___ Usually ___- Seldom Knowledge: ____ The student (group) used research to advance arguments and defend positions. ____ Research was effectively applied to arguments. Understanding: ____ The student (group) demonstrates understanding of the issue. ____ The student (group) presented key points. ____ The student (group) presented original ideas. ____ The student (group) was able to use examples or analogies to defend an argument. ____ The student (group) demonstrated empathy for the cause he or she represented. ____ The student (group) showed respect for others‟ opinions. Communication: ____ The student (group) was logical in presenting arguments. ____ The student (group) was able to communicate effectively and clearly. ____ The student (group) incorporated key terminology/vocabulary. Participation: ____ The student contributed to the discussion. ____ The student tended to dominate a discussion, thereby hindering others‟ participation. For group evaluation: ____ All students participated in the discussion. ____ Students within the group tended to dominate discussion within the group, hindering other group members‟ participation? Find out by accomplishing the Scoring Rubric honestly and sincerely. Remember it is your learning at stake! How Well Did You Perform?
  • 63. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 62 Congratulations! You did a great job! Rest and relax a while then move on to the next lesson. Good luck! Directions: On pieces of short size bond paper, prepare pre-site safety checklist and materials, tools and equipment checklist. Be sure that important elements of a checklist are covered or included. How Do You Extend Your Learning? Assignment Sheet 2.1 LO 1  www.co.kern.ca.us/cao/policy/12.pdf (Accidents)  http://images.search.yahoo.com/search/images;_ylt=A0PDoS.Q40VP2hoAbxy JzbkF?p=cooperation&fr=yfp-t-701&ei=utf-8&n=30&x=wrt&y=Search  TESDA Handouts  Pardinas, J. (2012). Handout on Signs and Symbols.  http://museumca.org/goldrush/curriculum/we_accuse/tgrouprubric.html LO 2  http://www.answers.com/topic/work-simplification  http://wiki.answers.com/Q/Why_is_work_simplification_important&src=ansTT  http://jobaccess.gov.au/Advice/JobRequirement/Pages/Work_simplification.aspx  http://www.productivity.in/knowledgebase/Industrial%20Engineering%20Docs/b. %20Methods%20Engineering/2.5%20Work%20Simplification.pdf  http://medical-dictionary.thefreedictionary.com/work+simplification  http://www.sarihands.com/page22/page6/page6.html  http://www.ehow.com/list_6545478_safety-procedures-workplace.html  http://ezinearticles.com/?Workplace-Safety-Tips---My-Top-Ten-List&id=285032  http://www.hg.org/workplace-safety-law.html  http://www.ehow.com/how_5130592_report-workplace-accidents.html  http://images.search.yahoo.com/search/images;_ylt=A0oGdbicXUdPzzcAip1XNy oA?p=disorganized%20workplace&fr=yfp-t-701-s&fr2=piv-web  http://www.hrmasia.com/employment-law-asia/philippines/49406/#4  http://www-tc.pbs.org/pov/pov2001/promises/lessonplan.pdf REFERENCES
  • 64. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 63 Observe procedures, specifications, and manuals of instructions LESSON 3 LO 1. Identify access, and interpret materials specification; LO 2. Apply information from the manual; and LO 3. Store the manuals. LEARNING OUTCOMES: At the end of this Lesson, you are expected to do the following:
  • 65. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 64 Accessing – the process of entering information or data Application - the observance of or putting into the work or job specifications provided for in the manual of instruction Catalogues - the book containing list of items, object or materials /parts Construction sector - the group or field of specialization Data - the factual information applied to any given task Instructional materials - reading materials, such as books, manuals, video tapes, CD‟s and other related items Manual - book catalogue that explains how to use certain materials, tools or equipment Specification - the descriptive characteristics of a certain manual, job, or type of work Store - the process of keeping the manuals or any documents to prevent them from being damaged Storing cabinet - a wooden or steel enclosure where manuals and catalogues are stored Version - how certain data are encoded TABS - labels or tags attached at the edge of certain pages of a book or compilation Warranty period - the number of days, months or years that a certain item purchased or delivered is guaranteed by the supplier or the source for repair or replacement if found damaged or destroyed under normal conditions Definition of Terms
  • 66. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 65 Directions: Choose the letter of the best answer. Write your answer on your answer sheet. 1. It is also called owner‟s manual. A. parts manual C. operator‟s manual B. service manual D. diagnostic manual 2. Which is NOT included in an operator‟s manual? A. basic maintenance C. specification B. safety information D. parts number 3. It is a type of manual where the part number and brief description are indicated. A. operator C. service B. part D. repair 4. It is also called the shop/repair manual A. service C. part B. repair D. operator 5. Which is NOT included in the service manual? A. shop C. technical B. repair D. none of them What Do You Already Know? Identify access and interpret specification materials LEARNING OUTCOME 1  Manuals are identified and accessed per job requirements.  Version and date of manual are checked to ensure that correct specifications and procedures are identified.  Relevant sections, chapters, and specifications in the manuals are located in relation to the work to be conducted.  Information and procedure in the manual are interpreted in accordance with industry practices. PERFORMANCE STANDARDS Pretest LO 1 Let us determine how much you already know about identifying access and interpreting specification materials. Take this test.
  • 67. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 66 6. This refers to the steps performing certain task. A. procedure C. specification B. instruction D. manual 7. It is a type of manual where entries are very detailed. A. parts C. operator B. service D. shop 8. It is also called book manual or catalog manual. A. repair C. parts B. service D. shop 9. This refers to the descriptive characteristics or materials/tools. A. specification C. data B. version D. manual 10. It is a type of manual where basic maintenance and safety information are specified. A. service C. repair B. shop D. open book A manual contains a systematic process that which describes in a very clear and step-by-step procedure. Otherwise, it will be a confusing manual which leaves the reader no better able to complete the process after reading it than he or she was before. Normally, it uses diagrams to clarify information that would be difficult to convey accurately in words. Also, use them for information that is so complex as to be confusing to the reader without a visual representation of the item, part or process to which he can refer as he carries out the manual's instructions. What Do You Need To Know? Read Information Sheet 1.1 very well then find out how much you can remember and how much you learned by doing Self-check 1.1. Information Sheet 1.1 MANUAL
  • 68. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 67 Manuals /catalogues should be identified per job description. They must be updated and checked to ensure their content is updated. Manuals /catalogues should be stored properly to avoid damage. TYPES OF MANUAL 1. Operator’s Manual is called owner‟s manual, instructional book, and handbook. It shows how to safely operate and use a machine. Usually it includes basic maintenance, safety information and specifications. The biggest and most important sections of an operator‟s manual should include: company policies, topics off limits for representatives and detailed answers to the most common questions 2. Parts Manual is also called parts book, parts catalog, or spare parts list used by representatives or dealer. It contains exploded parts, their relationship and location. Usually, it includes the part number and their brief description. 3. Service Manual is also called shop, repair, workshop and technical manual. Some of the types are very detailed, while some are shortened versions or specific areas of repair –ex. Hydraulic system only. A repair manual which is a service manual has the following sections: parts guide, symptom/solution troubleshooting matrix, contact information, routine maintenance, document conventions section, glossary, table of contents. Signs and Symbols Most manuals of any type contain instructions, specifications, or certain information accompanied by different signs and symbols for clarity and emphasis. Some are used to caution or alarm the reader. Signs and symbols used are dependent upon the type of
  • 69. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 68 manual. However, there are similar symbols and signs which are found in almost all manuals of different types. Below are some signs and symbols that are found in various manuals: Directions: Choose the letter of the best answer. Write your answer on your answer sheet. 1. It is also called owner‟s manual. A. parts manual C. operator‟s manual B. service manual D. diagnostic manual 2. Which is NOT included in an operator‟s manual? A. basic maintenance C. specification B. safety information D. parts number 3. It is a type of manual where the part number and brief description are indicated. A. operator manual C. service manual B. part s lists D. repair manual 4. It is also called the shop/repair manual A. service manual C. parts lists B. repair manual D. operator manual How Much Have You Learned? Self-Check 1.1
  • 70. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 69 5. Which is NOT included in the service manual? A. shop C. technical B. repair D. none of them 6. This refers to the steps performing certain task. A. procedure C. specification B. instruction D. manual 7. It is a type of manual where entries are very detailed. A. parts list C. operator manual B. service manual D. shop 8. It is also called book manual or catalog manual. A. repair manual C. parts lists B. service manual D. shop 9. This refers to the descriptive characteristics or materials/tools. A. specification C. data B. version D. manual 10. It is a type of manual where basic maintenance and safety information are specified. A. service C. repair B. shop D. open book Directions: Answer the following questions by writing the correct answer on the blank provided. 1. What are the different types of manuals? a. _____________________________________________________ b. _____________________________________________________ c. _____________________________________________________ 2. How many versions does each manual have? ___________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________ Show that you learned something by doing this activity. Refer to the Answer Key. What is your score? HowDo YouApplyWhatYou HaveLearned? Activity Sheet 1.1
  • 71. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 70 Directions: This is group work. 1. Gather different manuals (photocopies) and classify them according to types. 2. Find out the commonalities of manuals in each type in terms of major parts/sections, signs and symbols used, and healthy tips or precautionary measures. 3. Also, find out the latest updates in each of the manuals by taking into account the publication date and version. Be ready to report your output to the class for discussion. How Do You Extend Your Learning? Assignment Sheet 1.1
  • 72. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 71 Directions: Choose the letter of the best answer. Write the answer on your answer sheet. 1. Which is supplied with TABS printed on the edges of each page for each section? A. owner's manual C. service manual B. parts manual D. warranty manual 2. Why sections of manual should be well-arranged? A. To facilitate reference especially of the first-time owner. B. Because the pertinent laws so require. C. To encourage more customers. D. To show the importance of the manual. 3. Which is a section of the manual? A. What‟s in the Box C. Special features B. Basic use D. All of the above 4. It is a large table that lists common problems user might encounter with a known cause and solution. A. Setup C. Connections B. Troubleshooting D. Specifications 5. This is sometimes provided as a separate sheet. A. Getting Started C. Warranty Information B. Advanced Use D. Specifications What Do You Already Know? Apply information from the manuals LEARNING OUTCOME 2  Work steps are correctly identified in accordance with the manufacturer‟s specifications.  Manual data are applied according to the given task.  Manual or specification is stored appropriately to prevent damage, ready access and updating of information when required in accordance with company requirements  PERFORMANCE STANDARDS Let us determine how much you already know about applying information in the manuals. Take this test. Pretest LO 2
  • 73. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 72 6. It explains to the readers what needs to be done first before they continue with the manual. A. Getting Started C. Warranty Information B. Advanced Use D. Specifications 7. Which describes the step-by-step procedure? A. Setup C. Connections B. Troubleshooting D. Specifications 8. Which contains all basic operations? A. What‟s in the box C. Special features B. Basic use D. Getting started 9. When is the detailed repair information added to the manual? A. 18th Century C. 20th Century B. 19th Century D. 21st Century 10. Why is it that this manual should be multilingual? A. To encourage more customers. B. To ensure that this is understood. C. So that the same box product can be sold in many different markets. D. To showcase the best of the products. 11. It is an indispensible document in a shop. A. owner‟s manual C. parts manual B. service manual D. All of the above 12. Which is needed when accomplishing a project or job? A. owner‟s manual C. parts manual B. service manual D. All of the above 13. It is kept for future reference. A. equipment C. materials B. manuals D. manuals 14. Which is the most appropriate storage place for these manuals? A. Box C. on top of the table B. Cabinet D. anywhere 15. Why should manuals be kept properly? A. They are expensive. C. They can be used for future references. B. They are not easy to find. D. All of the above.
  • 74. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 73 An owner‟s manual (also called as instructional manual) is an instructional book or booklet that is supplied with almost all technologically advanced consumer product such as vehicles, appliances and computer peripherals. It is a reference tool which means it is supplied with TABS printed on the edges of each page for each section. These sections are well-arranged for easy reference especially of the first-time owner. Generally, these sections include the following:  What's in the Box. It is what the customers need to know when they open the box in case something is missing. Parts are in full basic form. Example: Player, remote, cable, manual, and batteries. There are pictures of these parts for facility purposes as some users may be inexperienced and need assistance in identifying parts.  Getting Started. It explains to the readers what needs to be done first before they continue with the manual. This includes removing hidden packing material inside the device, removing a transit screw or installing a part that must be installed before starting such as an ink cartridge, or removing clear protective plastic film over displays or other parts.  Connections (or Installing). It includes the step-by-step directions. In case of connecting or installing a device, it shows action photos of the product being installed. Photos are very important. The manual is of great help due to its photos.  Setup (or Configuration). In this section, the step-by-step directions with images on how to configure or setup your product are included. Detailed steps are enumerated with clear photos or screen shots.  Basic Use (or Operation). In this section, all basic operations are listed. These basic operations are to be used daily.  Advanced Use (or Operation). In this section, all advanced operations are listed which will be performed mainly by advanced users.  Special Features. These are those that set the product apart from others.  Troubleshooting. This section is a large table that lists common problems user might encounter with a known cause and solution. It includes general issues like "Sound but no video", "Video but no sound", "Starts up but shuts itself off again". What Do You Need To Know? Read Information Sheet 2.1 very well then find out how much you can remember and how much you learned by doing Self-check 2.1. Information Sheet 2.1 APPLICATION OF SPECIFICATION FROM THE MANUALS
  • 75. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 74  Specifications. In this area, list of electrical specifications, physical dimensions, weight, fidelity specs is found. Also, list of limitations such as a sound meter's range, the maximum power output of an amplifier or maximum speed of a drill or saw is specified.  Parts List. This area provides an exploded view of the device. The parts listed cover all detailed parts with part numbers and names. This page also includes a phone number, website, and email address to obtain replacement parts as appropriate for the product.  Warranty information. This is sometimes provided as a separate sheet. Until the last decade or two of the twentieth century, it was common for an owner‟s manual to include detailed repair information such as a circuit diagram. However, as products became more complex, this information was gradually relegated to specialized service manual, or dispensed with entirely as devices became too inexpensive to be economically repaired. Owner manuals for simpler devices are often multilingual so that the same boxed product can be sold in many different markets. Sometimes, the same manual is shipped with a range of related products such that the manual contains a number of sections that apply only to some particular models in the product range. Fig.1. Keeping the Manuals Manuals, as discussed previously in this module, are indispensable documents as with tools and equipment needed in fixing the masonry materials. Any project or job needs some bases such as these manuals to bring them to completion. Considering the importance role they play, these manuals should be kept properly for future job or service reference. If possible, they have to be covered with plastic cover to preserve their life. Proper labeling should be done by type for facility. Thus, storing should be by type. STORING THE MANUALS
  • 76. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 75 These manuals should be stored in cabinets or shelves away from sunlight or harm brought about by insects or house pest such as rats. Extra care should be exercised for finding replacements is not that easy should also be kept in a strategic location for easy access. Moreover, they should be returned to their respective places after use. Directions: Identify which manual to be accessed given the following situations. Write your answer on the space provided. 1. A product needs to be installed at home _______________________ 2. Something went wrong with the device you are using. You want to know how to fix it _______________________ 3. The device you need to use arrived in pieces, you must assemble it properly ______________________________ 4. You need to know the power rating and the power consumption of the device you are using ________________________ 5. An accident should be avoided while using a device _________________ Direction: Choose the letter of the best answer. Write the answer on your answer sheet. 1. It is an indispensible document in a shop. A. owner‟s manual C. parts manual B. service manual D. All of the above 2. Which is needed when accomplishing a project or job? A. owner‟s manual C. parts manual B. service manual D. All of the above 3. It is kept for future reference. A. equipment C. materials B. manuals D. tools 4. Which is the most appropriate storage place for these manuals? A. Box C. on top of the table B. Cabinet D. anywhere 5. Why should manuals be kept properly? A. They are expensive. C. They can be used for future reference. B. They are not easy to find. D. All of the above. How Much Have You Learned? Self-Check 2.1
  • 77. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 76 I. Answer the following questions by writing your answer on the blank provided. A. What are the different work steps in manufacturer‟s specification? 1. ___________________________________________________________ 2. ___________________________________________________________ 3. ___________________________________________________________ 4. ___________________________________________________________ 5. ___________________________________________________________ B. Generally, what are the major sections of a manual? 1._________________________________ 2._________________________________ 3._________________________________ 4._________________________________ 5._________________________________ 6._________________________________ 7._________________________________ 8._________________________________ 9._________________________________ 10.________________________________ 11.________________________________ C. How can you apply the manual data? ______________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________ II. If you were a shop owner, what rules would you implement as far as handling of manuals is concerned? Formulate your own rules to be observed by your workers. Show that you learned something by doing this activity. HowDo YouApplyWhatYou HaveLearned? Activity Sheet 2.1
  • 78. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 77 Shop Name: __________________________________________ Date:___________ Person Interviewed:_____________________________________________________ ASSESSMENT CRITERIA Evident Not So Not at Evident All 1. Pages of the manuals are checked for sequencing from front to back cover _________ __________ ____________ 2. Manuals are stacked according to sizes and type _________ __________ ____________ 3. The manual in storage box or cabinets are labeled and alphabetically arranged according to titles _________ __________ ____________ 4. Manuals are stored in a clean, cool, chemical-free, heat-free and extreme sunlight area. _________ __________ ____________ 5. Stored manuals are accessible anytime when needed. _________ __________ _____________ I. How can you perform some specifications in the manual? Interview other shop teacher or a shop worker. II. Visit some shops and observe how the manuals are handled and stored. You may also ask some tips from the shop workers or owner as to handling of these manuals. Then, accomplish this activity when you get back home by putting a tick mark on the appropriate space of the assessment criteria provided based on the shop visit that you conducted. Find out by accomplishing the Scoring Rubric honestly and sincerely. Remember it is your learning at stake! How Well Did You Perform? How Do You Extend Your Learning? Assignment Sheet 2.1
  • 79. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 78 Congratulations! You did a great job! Rest and relax a while then move on to the next lesson. Good luck! LO 1  http://images.search.yahoo.com/search/images;_ylt=A2KJkIazlktPMnwAki eJzbkF?p=signs+and+symbols+in+the+product+manuals&fr=yfp-t- 701&ei=utf-8&n=30&x=wrt&y=Search  http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Owner%27s_manual  http://www.ehow.com/how_2103182_write-customer-service-manual.html  http://www.ehow.com/how_5730128_write-repair-manual.html  http://www.ehow.com/how_2273446_write-manual  http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Instruction_manual LO 2  http://www.ehow.com/how_5140680_write-user-manual.html  http://www.ehow.com/how_4827020_write-user-manual-software.html LO 3  http://images.search.yahoo.com/search/images;_ylt=A2KJkIazlktPMnwAki eJzbkF?p=signs+and+symbols+in+the+product+manuals&fr=yfp-t- 701&ei=utf-8&n=30&x=wrt&y=Search  http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Owner%27s_manual  http://www.ehow.com/how_2103182_write-customer-service-manual.html REFERENCES
  • 80. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 79 Perform mensurations and calculations LESSON 4 LO 1. carry out measurement and calculations; and LO 2. select measuring instruments. LEARNING OUTCOMES: At the end of this Lesson, you are expected to do the following:
  • 81. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 80 3-Dimensional figures – solid objects that have length, width, and height Convert – change something into another form, substance, state, or product; transform Dimension – measure of spatial extent, especially width, height, or length Displacement – vector or the magnitude of a vector from the initial position to a subsequent position assumed by a body Face – flat surface of an object Magnitude – number assigned to a quantity, such as weight, and used as a basis of comparison for the measurement of similar quantities Polygon – plane figure made up of three or more closed line segments Scaffold – temporary platform, either supported from below or suspended from above, on which workers sit or stand when performing tasks at heights above the ground Shapes – objects, outlines or figures as visualized by the observer/s Side – line segment of a polygon Structure – something made up of a number of parts that are held or put together in a particular way Definition of Terms
  • 82. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 81 Directions: Choose the letter of the best answer. Write the answer on your answer sheet. 1. Why is there a need for considering the dimensions of the given work before its accomplishment? A. To determine the materials needed. B. To avoid or minimize waste of resources. C. To be able to know the total expenses. D. All of the above. 2. If the distance of 2 posts is 5 meters, how many pieces of concrete hollow block are needed for two layers where each CHB is 0.40 m? A. 10 pieces C. 25 pieces B. 12.5 pieces D. 25.5 pieces 3. Which tells us not only the magnitude but also the direction? A. Mensuration C. Scalar quantity B. Conversion D. Vector quantity 4. Which is used to measure length or distance, width, and height? A. Pull-push-rule C. Spirit level B. Tape measure D. Ruler 5. Which is the length of a CHB? A. 16 ft C. 16 m B. 16 in D. 16 cm What Do You Already Know? Carry out measurement and calculations LEARNING OUTCOME 1 Pretest LO 1 Let us determine how much you already know about carrying out measurement and calculations. Take this test.  Calculation needed to complete work tasks done.  Accurate measurements are obtained according to job requirements.  Systems of measurement are identified and converted according to job requirements.  Measure work pieces according to job requirements. PERFORMANCE STANDARDS
  • 83. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 82 One of the reasons why we need to measure is to help us determine how much material is needed for a certain piece of work. Example: We need to measure the distance between two posts to determine how many concrete Hollow Blocks would fit in for one layer. If the clear distance between 2 posts is 4 meters, how many CHB will be used for the first layer? (The length of a CHB is 0.40 m) 4 m Divide 4 m by 0.4 m 4 ÷ 0.4 The quotient is 10 4 ÷ 0.4 = 10 Therefore, there are 10 pcs of CHB that will be used for one layer Kinds of Measurement Generally there are 2 kinds of measurement 1. Scalar quantity – this tells us only the magnitude or amount of quantity Example 1. Length – 2 m Example 2. Area = 4.5 sq. m or 4.5 m2 2. Vector quantity – this tells us not only the magnitude but also the direction. Example 1. Force = 20 Newtons to the right (without the direction the 20 Newtons is senseless) Example 2. Displacement = S20 m, N 350 E Measuring Instruments/Measuring Tools The measuring tape or the so-called push-pull rule is usually used to measure length, distance, and width. What Do You Need To Know? Read Information Sheet 1.1 very well then find out how much you can remember and how much you learned by doing Self-check 1.1. Information Sheet 1.1 MENSURATION
  • 84. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 83 There are times that standard measuring tools are not on hand when we are on the working site. With these unlikely situations, the resourcefulness of the worker is needed. The following materials can be used. 1. Plywood - The longer side is measuring 8 feet. - The shorter side is measuring 4 feet. - Each of the 4 corners is 900 2. CHB - (regardless of its thickness) the length is 16 inches - The width is 8 inches. Refer to Figure 1 below: 3. Reinforcing Steel Bars (Kabilya) the length is 6 m although there are other commercial lengths, that is 7.5 m, 9 m, 12 m, etc. but usually it measures 6 m. 4. Cigarettes (100‟s) menthol 100‟s measures 100 mm or 10 cm roughly equal to 4 inches. (Smoking is prohibited on the working site.) Here, we will deal only with scalar quantity. As far as measuring work is concerned, we will be dealing only with measurement of length, area, and volume. Length, distance, height and depth – these are examples of one-dimensional quantity that could be measured in terms of meter, feet, inches, centimeter millimeter, and others. Since, these tell us how far apart points are, simply place the zero (0) mark of the measuring tape coinciding with the first point of the object to be measured. Whatever the value on the measuring tape that will coincide the second point is the measurement of the object. Refer to Figure 2 below: 1. Area – quantity that expresses the extent of two-dimensional surface or shape. In most cases, only the dimension is being measured and the area itself is computed. Example: What is the area of this rectangle? 2 m 3 m The area of the rectangle can be computed by multiplying the length by its width A = L x W = 3m x 2m A = 6 m2
  • 85. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 84 2. Volume – three-dimensional space enclosed by some boundaries like area, volume also can be computed after measuring the necessary dimension. Example: What is the area of this rectangular prism? 0.5 m 2 m 3 m The area of the rectangular prism can be computed by multiplying the length, width and the thickness V = L x w x h = 3m x 2m x 0.5m = 3 m3 Conversion Why is there a need for converting units? We need to convert a quantity from one unit to another in order to: 1. Compare the given quantities Example: 1 m + 2 ft = ___ (Definitely, the total is neither 2 meters nor 2 feet) 2. Use a particular formula Example: Number of CHB = A x 12.5 pcs/m2 Where A = area in m2 12.5 is constant to find the number of pieces of CHB. If area is in square feet, the given formula cannot be used. Convert 10 ft. into meters (from English to metric system). Solutions are shown below: 1. English System to Metric System (fraction method) 10 ft = ___?___m  conversion factor: 3.28 ft = 1 m  make two ratios : 3.28 ft OR 1 m 1 m 3.28 ft  choose the ratio that will cancel the given unit : 1 m 3.28 ft
  • 86. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 85  multiply the given quantity to the chosen ration and cancel the given unit: 10 ft 1 m = 10 m 3.28 ft 3.28 Therefore; 10 ft = 3.048 m OR 2. English System to Metric System (SI method)  Formula: feet X 0.305 = meter where: 0.305 is constant 10 ft X 0.305 = 3.05 m Directions: Choose the letter of the best answer. Write the answer on your answer sheet. 1. Why is there a need for considering the dimensions of the given work before its accomplishment? A. To determine the materials needed. B. To avoid or minimize waste of resources. C. To be able to know the total expenses. D. All of the above. 2. If the distance of 2 posts is 5 meters, how many pieces of CHB are needed for two layers where each CHB is 0.40 m? A. 10 pcs. C. 25 pcs. B. 12.5 pcs. D. 25.5 pcs. 3. Which tells us not only the magnitude but also the direction? A. Mensuration C. Scalar quantity B. Conversion D. Vector quantity 4. Which is usually used to measure length or distance, width, height, etc.? A. Pull-push-rule C. Spirit level B. Tape measure D. Ruler 5. Which is the length of a CHB? A. 16 ft C. 16 m B. 16 in D. 16 cm Refer to the Answer Key. What is your score? How Much Have You Learned? Self-Check 1.1
  • 87. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 86 Directions: Answer the following item. Show your solution. 1. What is the total area of a rectangle if the length is 8.5 m and the width is 4.5 m? 2. Find out the total area of a rectangular prism if the length is 8 inches, width is 4 inches, and height is 5 inches? 3. If an inch is 2.54 centimeters, how many centimeters are there in 8 inches? 4. What is the equivalent of 13 feet in meters? 5. Find out the total volume of a cube if the thickness is 4 in, width is 6 in, and length is 6 in? If you got:  5 correct answers, congratulations! You are competent in calculations;  4 correct answers, your knowledge and skills in calculations is just average;  0 to 3 correct answers, you need to review your notes on calculations or you may ask your teacher for further explanation and exercises. Directions: Take the measurement of your main door at home. The unit to be used is feet. Convert measurements in meter showing your computation. Then, lay down the converted measurements beside the illustration of your main door to be drawn below:  Our main door at home: How Do You Extend Your Learning? Find out by accomplishing the Scoring Rubric honestly and sincerely. Remember it is your learning at stake! How Well Did You Perform? Show that you learned something by doing this activity. HowDo YouApplyWhatYou HaveLearned? Activity Sheet 1.1 Assignment Sheet 1.1
  • 88. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 87 Directions: Choose the letter of the best answer. Write the answer on your answer sheet. 1. Which provides variation and charm in buildings? A. Polygons C. Plane Figures B. Sold Figures D. Shapes 2. Which is a plane figure? A. Triangle C. Octagon B. Pentagon D. All of the above 3. Which of the following have many angles? A. Polygon C. Plane Figure B. Solid Figure D. Cone 4. It has a solid figure that has curved surfaces and can roll. A. Plane Figure C. Sphere B. Solid Figure D. Cone 5. Which has faces? A B C. D. All of the above What Do You Already Know? Select measuring instrument LEARNING OUTCOME 2  Measuring tools are selected /identified per object to be measured.  Correct specifications are obtained from relevant sources.  Measuring instruments are selected according to job requirements.  Alternative measuring tools are used without sacrificing cost and quality work.  Measurements are obtained according to job requirements. PERFORMANCE STANDARDS Pretest LO 2 Let us determine how much you already know about selecting measuring instrument. Take this test.
  • 89. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 88 Geometric shapes are all around us – in the buildings where we live the cars we ride in, even the food we eat. Shapes are evident in all architecture. They provide variation and charm in buildings. When applied to manufactured articles such as printed fabrics, wallpapers, and tile flooring, shapes enhance the beauty of the structure itself. We should realize we are surrounded by many different kinds of shapes every day. Polygons and Solid Figures Many of these shapes are two-dimensional plane figures. Plane figures made up of three or more closed line segments are polygons. Each line segment of a polygon is a side. Polygons are classified by the number of sides. Figure 1. Plane Figures The word polygon is derived from the Greek words meaning many angles. A polygon is a closed plane figure formed by three or more line segments which intersect only at their endpoints. Each endpoint is common to exactly two segments. Unlike plane figures, solid figures are not flat; they have three dimensions. Some solid figures have curved surfaces; they can roll. What Do You Need To Know? Information Sheet 2.1 Read Information Sheet 2.1 very well then find out how much you can remember and how much you learned by doing Self-check 2.1. VISUALIZING OBJECTS AND SHAPES SPECIFICALLY GEOMETRIC SHAPES
  • 90. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 89 Solid figures are 3-dimensional figures that have length, width, and height. Figure 2. Solid Figures Notice that the cone and cylinder have both curved and flat surfaces. Flat surfaces are called faces. The faces of the cone and cylinder are circles. The faces of some solid figures are polygons. Volume = L x W x H Cube H W L Figure 3. Solid Figures
  • 91. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 90 Here are examples on how the world uses geometric shapes in buildings and structure.
  • 92. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 91 All accurate ways used for magnificent works in masonry emphasize the importance of quality and speed. In this regard, appropriate use of rulers, squares and levels allows you to layout a project accurately. Layout Tools 1. MEASURING TAPE . Instrument used to measure vertical height/depth of excavation. 2. WOODEN BLOCK hook onto the corner of a block and the string stretches tightly between them to serve as a guide for all of the blocks in the course. 3. MASON BLOCKS AND STRING. String stretches tightly between them to serve as a guide for all of the blocks in the course. 4. FRAMING SQUARE. Square up measurements and draw cut lines for form boards used a combination square. A framing square is handy for checking corners. 5. CHALK LINE. You need chalk line box to snap guideline. SELECTING MEASURING INSTRUMENTS
  • 93. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 92 6. MEASURING BOX. A traditional box used to measure a proportion of gravel and sand with the dimension of 12” wide; 12” in long; 12” in deep width net volume of 1 cu. Foot or 0.30 m x 0.30 m x 0.30m. Take note that these dimensions are inside the box. 7. PLUMB BOB. Tool used to check the correct vertical alignment of a structure. 8. LEVEL HOSE WITH WATER. This used to check the correct horizontal alignment of a structure. 9. BOARD OR PLYWOOD. This serves as scaffolds and forms and supports concrete.
  • 94. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 93 I. Identify the kind of geometric shape shown below. Write your answer on the blank provided. 1. __________________________ 2. __________________________ 3. _________________________ 4. _________________________ II. Identify the masonry measuring tools being described in each of the following sentences. ___________1. It is used to check the correct horizontal alignment of the structure. ___________2. A sharp pointed weight at the end of string gauge plumb by gravity. ___________3. Accurately indicates both level and plumb tools. ___________4. Tools used for measuring long and short distances. ___________5. A type of sheathing which is widely used for scaffolding and forming. ___________6. This is used for marking angles and larger than tri-square. Refer to the Answer Key. What is your score? How Much Have You Learned? Self-Check 2.1
  • 95. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 94 I. The picture below is an example of architecture that has many geometric shapes within it. Can you find geometric shapes in the structure? List as many shapes as you can find in the picture. Draw the following geometric shapes on the space provided after each item according to the requirements: 1. Rectangle. Given: L=4 cm; W=3 cm 2. Rectangular Prism. Given: L=10 mm; W=8 mm; H=6 mm 3. Cube. Given: H=5 cm; W=5 cm; L=5 cm II. This activity is a group work. Each group shall be composed of 5 members. Follow the procedure given. Show that you learned something by doing this activity. HowDo YouApplyWhatYou HaveLearned? Activity Sheet 2.1 Activity Sheet 2.2 Job Sheet 2.1
  • 96. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 95 TOOLS NEEDED: MATERIALS NEEDED: 1. Hammer 1 ½ Finishing nail 2. Level 1 pc ½” x 3” x 4’ 3. String guide 1 pc ½” x 3” x 3’ 4. Measuring tape 3 pcs. 2”x2”x18” PROCEDURE: 1. Layout and make staking of the ground plane surface using 2”x2”x18” as post or leg and ½”x3” as batter board. 2. Dig three holes 6 inches deep on a flat surface making a right triangle. Follow the correct distance shown in the plan. 3. Put the 3 pieces 2”x2”x18” S4S post or peg rigidly. See to it that they are leveled. Use any leveling instrument. 4. On top of the peg or wood post, nail or install the ½”x3” batter board. One is 3 feet in length and the other side is 4 feet in length. 5. Use string to indicate 5 feet distance on A and C direction as shown on the drawing. A B C 3 feet 4 feet 90 ° 6” deep hole A to B = 3 FEET B to C = 4 FEET
  • 97. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 96 Your score shall be based on the following rubric: 3 2 1 Laboratory Safety Observes good laboratory safety procedures Unsafe laboratory procedures observed not frequently Practices unsafe, risky behaviors in lab Tool Selection Can select appropriate equipment and instruments to perform the experiment Needs some guidance in selecting appropriate equipment and instrumentation Cannot select the appropriate equipment and instrumentation required to run the experiment(s) Tool Operation Is able to operate instrumentation and process equipment Is tentative in operation of instruments and process equipment. Does not operate instrumentation and process equipment, does so incorrectly or requires frequent supervision Accuracy of Measurement Is aware of measurement error and is able to account for it statistically Is aware of measurement error but does not account for it statistically or does so at a minimal level Is unaware of measurement error Designated Role Acceptance Demonstrates the ability to assume a designated role in the group Takes charge when not in the position to lead Hides in the background. Participates if strongly encouraged. Does not willingly assume team roles Find out by accomplishing the Scoring Rubric honestly and sincerely. Remember it is your learning at stake! How Well Did You Perform?
  • 98. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 97 Congratulations! You did a great job! Rest and relax a while then move on to the next lesson. Good luck! Directions: 1. Take a picture of any room, building, house, or structure in your neighborhood and use different colored markers to highlight the shapes within. 2. You can also cut out the picture from a magazine. 3. Have a printed copy of the picture which includes the geometric figures you have identified. How Do You Extend Your Learning? Assignment Sheet 2.1 LO 1  Lorico, J., Neola, G.(2012), Handout in Masonry.  http://www.thefreedictionary.com/structure LO 2  http://www.gwinnett.k12.ga.us/LilburnES/05-06geometry/Team2/solid_t2.html  http://www.superstock.com/stock-photos-images/1566-0114560  http://eduplace.com/math/mhm/3/07/index.html  http://library.thinkquest.org/C006354/pictures.html  http://www.ehow.com/how_5140680_write-user-manual.html  http://www.ehow.com/how_4827020_write-user-manual-software.html REFERENCES
  • 99. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 98 Maintaining Tools and Equipment LESSON 5 LO 1. check conditions of tools and equipment; LO 2. perform basic preventive maintenance; and LO 3. store tools and equipment LEARNING OUTCOMES: At the end of this Lesson, you are expected to do the following:
  • 100. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 99 Cleaning solvent – liquid, gas, or solid used to free the object or material from unwanted element or substance Handheld tools – collective term for masonry tools which are usually handy, lesser in weight and in size and operated manually Lubricant – a liquid or substance applied to prevent corrosion or occurrence of unwanted element Lubrication – method of applying oil or other pertinent liquid or substance to prevent or minimize occurrence of rust or unwanted element on the object or material treated Non-functional tools /equipment – collective term for broken or defective tools/equipment which includes tools/equipment that cannot anymore produce or perform an accurate result according to their uses or purposes Preventive maintenance –a set of procedures performed to keep tools in good condition to lengthen their life span Routine service – form of maintenance regularly given to equipment and tools Suitability – the quality of satisfying certain requirements Synthetic – something produced as variation or alternative from what is real or common Techniques – proven procedures, approaches or methods used to perform the Tips – proven suggestions given to make a task easier, cheaper, or faster to do. Definition of Terms
  • 101. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 100 Directions: Choose the letter of the best answer. Write the answer on your answer sheet. 1. How many types of tools and equipment are there in masonry? A. 2 C. 3 B. 3 D. 4 2. Which is an advantage of the proper use of tools and equipment? A. Accuracy in job/task performance is achieved. C. There is high quality of work. B. Shop efficiency is promoted. D. All of the above. 3. Which is the best way to keep the tools in perfect condition? A. Keep them immediately without cleaning. B. Clean them while they are in the tool cabinet. C. Clean them before storage. D. Place them in a bucket of water. 4. What will happen if mortar is not cleaned? A. The mortar will build up and harden. B. The mortar will build up but can be removed too easily. C. The tools cannot anymore be used. D. Just ignore it for it won‟t matter anyway. What Do You Already Know? Check conditions of tools and equipment LEARNING OUTCOME 1  Tools and equipment are identified according to classification/specification and job requirements.  Non-functional tools and equipment are segregated and labeled according to classification.  Safety of tools and equipment are observed in accordance with manufacturer‟s instructions.  Conditions of personal protective equipment are checked in accordance with manufacturer‟s instructions. PERFORMANCE STANDARDS Let us determine how much you already know about checking conditions of tools and equipment. Take this test. Pretest LO 1
  • 102. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 101 5. Most handheld masonry tools can be cleaned using_____ A. kerosene C. oil B. clean water D. cleaning agent provided by the manufacturer 6. When do we use a muriatic acid in masonry? A. To harden up mortar. B. To remove hardened mortar on the tools. C. To get rid off of harmful elements from the mortar. D. To wash off the masonry materials. 7. What is used as preventive maintenance for wooden tools? A. Water C. Linseed oil B. Kerosene D. muriatic acid 8. Why do we have to check frequently the hammers for signs of chipping, cracking, or unusual signs of defects? A. To assure that there are no missing tools. B. To ensure that they are well classified. C. To ensure that they are in good condition. D. To maintain their cost value. 9. What is the best way to prevent tools from rusting? A. Wipe the tools with oil. B. Keep the tools in an air conditioned room. C. Keep them in their boxes always. D. Keep the tools clean and dry before and while in the storage. 10. It is a method of identifying non-functional tools. A. Visual inspection C. Performance B. Functionality D. All of the above
  • 103. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 102 Tools are defined as implements used to modify raw materials for human use. Tools can be considered as extension of the human hand thereby increasing its speed, power, and accuracy. I. Advantages of using the proper tools  Efficiency of the work  High quality of the work  Speed of accomplishment  Accuracy II. Hand Tool A hand tool is a device or an instrument used to do a particular job that does not require a motor, but is intended for hand held operation by one individual. It provides a mechanical advantage in accomplishing a physical task. Automotive hand tools are fast gaining popularity among woodworkers and craftsman. III. Types There are three main types of tools/equipment in the shop. One type is known as hand tools because your hand supplies the energy to operate them. The other type is called machine or power tools/equipment which uses either electricity, compressed air, or hydraulic pressure to make them operate. The last type is referred to as measuring tools.  Manual Hand Tools: Manual hand tools are the most basic form of equipment. They do not require the speed of powered hand tools or do not have access to power sources but are perfect for operations. These include hoes, screwdrivers, chisels, wedges, drift pins, hammers, and others.  Pneumatic Hand Tools: Pneumatic hand tools perform the operation task at the push of a lever. They are powered by compressed air. They include chippers, drills, hammers, sanders, etc.  Power Hand Tools: Tools which are hand held but are powered by electricity. These include chainsaws, high grade motors, electric drills, angle grinders, jigsaw cutters, tappers, and fasteners. What Do You Need To Know? Information Sheet 1.1 Read Information Sheet 1.1 very well then find out how much you can remember and how much you learned by doing Self-check 1.1. TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT
  • 104. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 103 IV. Masonry Tools and Equipment 1. TAMPER. The tamper tool is used in masonry for pressing exposed aggregate into concrete and also compact the soil before pouring concrete. It is usually in the shape of a long or short handle attached to a flat blade surface. When imprinting concrete with texture mats or skins, this tool is used to securely tamp down the mat. 2. STRAIGHTEDGES. Straightedges are used to strike off or remove freshly placed concrete and make the surface as level as possible before finishing. Straightedges are made of various metals like aluminum, magnesium and even wood. They are available in various lengths and cross sections. 3. FLOATS. Floats are widely used in masonry jobs. The main purpose of using floats is to fill voids, level ridges, and smooth the surface in preparation for troweling. The tool can also be used to work in dry-shake color hardener. It can also be used to bring paste to the surface by pushing down the coarse aggregate. Most floats for decorative concrete work are made of aluminum, magnesium, or wood. Less common float materials are rubber, stainless steel, and laminated wood or canvas resin. There are bull floats for working in large areas of concrete. They are usually 8 inches in width and 3 to 10 feet in length. There are hand floats from 12 to 24 inches length from 3 to 5 inches width. Most floats are available with rounded or square ends. Round-end floats are perfect in tight corners and help to minimize lap marks. a. Bull Float b. Hand Float 4. FRESNO. Fresno trowels are designed in such a way that they are attached to long extension handles so that masons don't have to walk out on the slab. Fresnos are efficient in rapid work over large areas, like driveways. However the only drawback is that do not achieve the same degree of compaction that can be achieved with hand trowels. However, that can be also be considered as an advantage when you must trowel slabs early for decorative work. In this way they can create a smooth finish without premature sealing of the surface. Fresnos are available in blue, stainless, or high-carbon steel, with rounded or square ends they come in longer lengths ranging from 2 to 4 feet.
  • 105. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 104 5. EDGERS. Edgers are important masonry tools used to produce a clean edge along joints in concrete. It can also be used to produce a clean edge along the slab perimeter. Edgers help in creating a neat, rounded edge that is less prone to chipping or spalling. They are available in varied sizes. The general size range from 1 1/2 to 6 inches wide and 6 to 10 inches long. There is a lip on one side of the tool which is actually the edge and it ranges from 1/8 inch to 2 inches in radius and its depth is from 3/8 to 1 1/2 inches. 6. GROOVERS. Groovers as masonry tools are used to tool control joints in plastic concrete. They are made of bronze or stainless steel. They have a V-shaped bit that is used to cut the groove. They come with wood or comfort-grip handles like edgers that are available in various sizes ranging from 2 to 8 inches wide and 3 to 10 inches long, but the most common groover size is 6 inches long and 4 1/2 inches wide. Bi- directional groovers have double-end bits that can help in cutting forward or backward. 7. TROWEL There are different kinds and sizes of trowels. The blade should be made of forged steel to last longer. Handles are generally made of plastic or wood. Blades vary from 9 to 12 inches in length and 4 to 7 inches in width. The larger rowels are used for spreading mortar. A variety of smaller trowels are used for repairing old mortar joints and scraping off excess mortar. A trowel that you feel comfortable with can be used to do all of the above; however, you will need a separate tool to finish the mortar joints. HOLDING THE TROWEL Learning to hold the trowel correctly is important and will make the job easier. Gripping the handle with four fingers and putting the thumb on top of the metal band (ferrule) on the handle is how most masons hold a trowel. LOADING THE TROWEL Learning how to load a trowel with mortar is a skill to develop. Some people like to fill the trowel by cutting mortar from the top. Some will load the trowel with mortar by cutting from the front, while others load by cutting mortar from the side. Your comfort level will dictate your style. Once the trowel is loaded, you must settle the mortar on the trowel by snapping your wrist. This keeps the mortar from slipping off the trowel, especially when you are buttering head joints. The head joint is the joint that runs up and down the block vertically. The bed joint is the one that runs along the top of the block horizontally. When laying the mortar on the block, line the mortar side of the trowel on the side of the block. In one quick motion, slide the trowel down, using the side of the block as a guide (the trowel should lightly scrape along the side of the block in downward motion).
  • 106. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 105 8. MASON’S HAMMER. This tool is used for hammering nails and for splitting block or brick with the other end. One end is square and flat and is used like a hammer. The other end is sharp, like a small chisel. The sharp chisel-end is used to make a cutting line around the masonry to be splitted. Light blows with the chisel-end all the way around the block or brick and then a sharp blow with the hammer end will give a clean cut. The chisel-end is then used to take off any burrs or pieces which have not been broken off cleanly. The mason's hammer can become dangerous if not properly used. Chips can fly off the masonry being cut and injure the face and eyes. ALWAYS USE GOGGLES WHEN SPLITTING MASONRY. 9. BLOCKING CHISEL. If there are more than just a few blocks or bricks that need to be split, and very clean cuts are required, then a blocking chisel should be used. This is a heavier, wider chisel, up to 8 inches wide. It comes in a variety of sizes and shapes. These chisels are made of steel and are used by holding the small end and striking the end with a heavy mashing hammer, mallet or sledge hammer. This will give a clean cut with usually just one blow. 10. MASHING HAMMER. A mashing hammer is used to strike the chisel when cutting blocks. It is not recommended to use a mason's hammer to strike the chisel since the tempered steel might split and a piece fly off. A mashing hammer has two striking ends and will weigh from two to four pounds. 11. MASONRY POWER SAW. If you are cutting large quantities of block or brick, you may want to use a masonry power saw. The two basic types of saws are either hand- held or table saws. The handheld saws usually have a silicon blade about 6 or 7 inches high and, therefore, will not give a clean cut all the way through an 8 inches block. But a handheld saw is much quicker and gives a cleaner cut rather than working with a chisel and hammer. A table-mounted saw with an electric motor is always used when there is a lot of cutting. Blades are normally 14 to 20 inches high and will cut through any kind of masonry block or brick, especially if the blade is made of industrial diamonds. A dry cut can be made with a silicon-carbide blade, bonded with reinforced mesh. However, dry cutting throws out a lot of dust and a dust mask or respirator must be worn. Next to the trowel, the level is the second most important tool to have when building a wall. A good level is lightweight and absolutely straight. The better levels are called spirit levels because they contain alcohol in the vials instead of oil. Alcohol is more accurate to use.
  • 107. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 106 12. LEVELS. The purpose of the level is to keep the work at hand in accurate position whether vertical, across, or horizontal. A good level usually has 6 vials installed strategically: two at the center, while the others at both ends distributed equally. The bubble should line up between the two red or black lines in order to achieve straightness or levelness. If laid on more than one block at a time, the level may cover, the very least, about 36 inches long, depending on the level length because some are up to 48 inches. Since most blocks are 16 inches long, use levels from 18 to 24 inches. 13. MASON’S LINE. In order to have an easier time laying a straight wall, a mason's line is recommended. Use nylon or Dacron line that is stretched between two corners of the wall you are building. A mason's line will let you build walls without bulges or hollows. It is placed very close to the block you are laying, but give enough room in order for you to swipe off the excess mortar without disturbing it. 14. STEEL SQUARE. When laying walls, make sure the corners are at a 90 degree angle, assuming you are building a square or a rectangle wall. A large steel square usually 24 inches long should be used for marking and checking the corners being built. 15. JOINTERS. A jointer is used to finish a mortar joint after it becomes hard enough so that a finger print will be seen in the mortar once pressed. Jointers come in many sizes and shapes, but typically for blocks, you will use a sled jointer to create a 3/8th inch joint for long horizontal joints. For vertical or head joints which are 8 inches high, use a smaller jointer. Jointers are shaped to give a variety of indentations depending on the preference. The most popular are the V joint and the half-rounded joint (concave joint). These two kinds of joints help shed water better than any other kind of joint. If you are using clay brick, or other brick products, use a jointer made specifically for bricks. 16. CHALK LINE. A chalk line comes in a metal or plastic case, with a cotton line coming out of one end. As the line is pulled out, it passes through a fine chalk powder, usually blue or red. When this line is stretched between two points and snapped, it will leave an imprint on the surface being snapped. A chalk line is used for laying out a block wall on a concrete foundation to get the alignment correct. 17. BRUSHES. After a wall is built, there may be some mortar stains or powder residue on the wall. Before cleaning solutions are used, these marks can often be brushed off. A variety of brushes are available. Powder residue can be brushed off with a
  • 108. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 107 medium soft bristle brush. A light accumulation of mortar could be brushed with a stiff bristle brush. An abrasive stone or piece of same block or brick after testing in an obscure area may serve the purpose. Stains that do not respond to brushing should be cleaned with a special solution and brushing with a stiff bristle brush. Watering the wall before and after washing and brushing is necessary so that the solution will not be absorbed. 18. MIXING TOOLS. On small jobs, do not use a powered mortar mixer. Several tools are needed to mix mortar. The regular shovel with a square edge will be needed to proportion materials. The large hoe with two holes in the blade is used to mix the mortar sand, masonry cement and water. The holes in the blade make it easier to pull the hoe through the mix and to break up the lumps. You will also need either a mortar box or wheel barrow to mix the mortar and a bucket to measure water to be added to the mixture. Mortar boxes are usually made of heavy gauge plastic or steel. Once the mortar is mixed, transfer the mortar to a mortar board or hawk, from which you will work when applying the mortar. V. Non-Functional Tools and Equipment You must inspect all the tools, instruments and equipment before using them to ensure that they are used to specification. Avoid using defective hand tools and equipment to prevent accidents. VI. Methods of Identification 1. Visual inspection. It refers to the visual observation of an expert on the appearance of the tools and equipment. 2. Functionality. Vibration or extra noise from the operation means problems on parts and accessories started to develop. 3. Performance. When there is something wrong with the performance of either hand tools or equipment they need an immediate repair or maintenance. 4. Power supply (for electrically operated equipment). A tool will malfunction if it does not get the right amount of power. 5. Person’s involved. It refers to the technical person who has the knowledge and skill about the technology. VII.Safety Practices 1. Always check the tools/instrument and equipment before using. 2. Use the appropriate materials, tools, instrument and equipment according to job requirement. 3. Always wear personal protective equipment like gloves, goggles, hard hat and others, at all times. 4. Wait for the final instruction before starting the job . 5. Report to the person in authority whenever untoward incident happens.
  • 109. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 108 VIII. Personal Protective Equipment at Work Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) is described in the previous module includes clothing that protects protection against the weather. It is intended to be worn or held by a person at work to protect him against risks to his health and safety. Furthermore, PPE includes equipment such as safety footwear, hard hats, high visibility waistcoats, goggles, life jackets, respirators, and safety harnesses. XI. Suitability of PPE To be able to choose the right type of PPE, the hazards involved in the task or work environment must be considered carefully. PPE must also meet the needs of the individual. The following factors should be considered in assessing the suitability of PPE:  Is the PPE appropriate for the risk involved and conditions at the place where exposure may occur? e.g. goggles are not suitable when full-face protection is required  Does the PPE prevent or adequately control the risks involved without increasing the overall risk? e.g. gloves should not be worn when using a pillar drill, due to the increased risk of entanglement  Can the PPE be adjusted to fit the wearer correctly? e.g. if a person wears glasses, ear defenders may not provide a proper seal to protect against noise hazards  Has the state of health of those using it been taken into account?  What are the needs of the job and the demands it places on the wearer? How long will the PPE need to be worn? What are the requirements for visibility and communication?  If more than one item of PPE is being worn, are they compatible? For example, does a particular type of respirator make it difficult for eye protection to fit properly? 1. EYES Hazards: chemical or metal splash, dust, projectiles, gas and vapors, radiation. Options: Use safety spectacles, goggles, face shields, visors. 2. HEAD Hazards: impact from falling or flying objects, risk of hitting the head, hair entanglement. Options: Use a range of helmets and bump caps. HAZARDS AND TYPES OF PPE TO BE USED
  • 110. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 109 3. BREATHING Hazards: dust, vapor, gas, oxygen-deficient atmospheres. Options: Use disposable filtering face piece or respirator, half- or full- face respirators, air-fed helmets, breathing apparatus. 4. PROTECTING THE BODY Hazards: temperature extremes, adverse weather, chemical or metal splash, spray from pressure leaks or spray guns, impact or penetration, contaminated dust, excessive wear or entanglement of own clothing. Options: Use conventional or disposable overalls, boiler suits, specialist protective clothing, e.g. chain-mail aprons, high-visibility clothing. 5. HANDS AND ARMS Hazards: abrasion, temperature extremes, cuts and punctures, impact, chemicals, electric shock, skin infection, disease or contamination. Options: Use gloves, gauntlets, mitts, wrist cuffs, armlets. 6. FEET AND LEGS Hazards: wet, electrostatic build-up, slipping, cuts and punctures, falling objects, metal and chemical splash, abrasion. Options: Use safety boots and shoes with protective toe caps and penetration-resistant mid-sole, gaiters, leggings, spats. I. Training Make sure anyone using PPE is aware of its importance, when it is to be used, repaired or replaced and its limitations. Train people how to use it. Check regularly that PPE is being used. Safety signs can be useful reminders to wear PPE. II. Maintaining PPE An effective maintenance system for the PPE is essential to ensure the equipment continues to provide the degree of protection for which it is designed. Therefore, the manufacturer‟s maintenance schedule (including recommended replacement periods and shelf lives) must always be followed. Maintenance may include cleaning, examination, replacement, repair, and testing. The wearer may be able to carry out simple maintenance, but more intricate repairs must only be MAINTENANCE
  • 111. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 110 carried out by competent personnel. The costs associated with the maintenance of PPE are the responsibility of the employer. III. Using Working Tools and Equipment Safely Every year, there are a number of accidents from using work equipment, including machinery. Many are serious and some are fatal. Accidents not only cause human suffering, they also cost money, for example in lost working hours, training temporary staff, insurance premiums, fines and managers‟ time. By using safe, well-maintained equipment operated by adequately trained staff, you can help prevent accidents and reduce these personal and financial costs. People using concrete and masonry tools and equipment face a wide range of hazards. Most at risk are operators of hand-held concrete and masonry saws. Information, instruction, training and supervision are essential in all concrete and masonry operations. IV. Risks from Using Tools and Equipment Many things can cause risks, for example:  using the wrong equipment for the job, using ladders instead of access towers for an extended job at high level.  not fitting adequate guards on machines, leading to accidents caused by entanglement, shearing, crushing, trapping or cutting.  not fitting adequate controls, or the wrong type of controls, so that equipment cannot be turned off quickly and safely, or starts accidentally.  not properly maintaining guards, safety devices, controls etc so that machines or equipment become unsafe.  not providing the right information, instruction and training for those using the equipment.  not maintaining work equipment or carrying out regular inspections and thorough examinations.  not providing the personal protective equipment needed to use certain machines safely, e.g. chainsaws, angle grinders. Safety and Maintenance Practices  Use the Right Tool for the Job. Using the correct tool for the job is the first step in safe hand tool use. Tools are designed for specific needs. To avoid personal injury and tool damage, select the proper tool to do the job well and safely.  Take care of and treat with respect quality professional hand tools to make them last many years. Manufacturers design tools for specific applications. Use tools only for their intended purpose.  Use Well-Designed, High-Quality Tools. Investing in high-quality tools makes the professional‟s job safer and easier. Well-designed tools save time, give professional results and help you do your job more safely.  Make sure machinery is safe. You should check the machinery if it is suitable for the work. Think about how and where it will be used. If you think that machinery you have bought is not safe DO NOT USE IT. Contact the manufacturer to discuss your concerns. RISK REDUCTION
  • 112. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 111  Keep all tools in good condition with regular maintenance. Install or repair equipment only if you are qualified. A faulty job could cause serious injuries from mechanical failure, fire, or shock. Maintain tools in proper working condition.  Examine each tool for damage before use. Regularly inspect tools, cords and accessories. Repair or replace problem equipment immediately. Never alter a tool in a manner that reduces its effectiveness or safety.  Operate according to the manufacturer's instructions. Most equipment comes with guidelines for maintenance, including advice on how to carry out equipment checks safely. Always remember, safety is essential to good job performance. Pay attention to what‟s going on around you, be flexible, and adapt to changing conditions. Think before you react, and keep your head in the game. Think about tool safety each and every time you begin a job, and you‟ll perform your job safely and effectively. Treat your tools as carefully as you treat your hands. Directions: Choose the letter of the best answer. Write the answer on your answer sheet. 1. How many types of tools and equipment are there in masonry? A. 2 C. 4 B. 3 D. 5 2. It is a device or an instrument used to do a particular job that does not require a motor. A. Manual Tool C. Masonry Tool B. Power Tool D. None of the above 3. This tool is efficient for rapid work over large areas like driveways. A. Bull Float C. Fresno B. Hand Float D. Edger 4. Which is a safety practice? A. Always check the tools/instrument and equipment before using. B. Use the appropriate materials, tools, instrument and equipment as per job or task requirement. C. Always wear personal protective equipment like gloves, goggles, hard hats, etc., at all times. D. All of the above. 5. Which is a PPE? A. safety footwear C. high visibility waistcoats B. hard hats D. All of the above 6. It is a method of identifying non-functional tools. A. Visual inspection C. Performance B. Functionality D. All of the above How Much Have You Learned? Self-Check 1.1
  • 113. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 112 7. It is a method of identifying non-functional tools. A. Visual inspection C. Performance B. Functionality D. All of the above 8. What do we consider in choosing the right type of PPE? A. hazards in the task or work environment B. a cloudy sky C. floody ground D. complexity of work 9. Which will you use to protect yourself from chemical or metal splash? A. bumb caps C. full-face respirators B. safety spectacles D. breathing apparatus 10. How is the PPE maintenance done? A. cleaning C. replacement B. examination D. Any of the above I. Given below are pictures of tools/equipment. Identify and classify them according to types. Name of Tool/equipment Type 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 Show that you learned something by doing this activity. Refer to the Answer Key. What is your score? HowDo YouApplyWhatYou HaveLearned? Activity Sheet 1.1
  • 114. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 113 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 1.10 II. Explain briefly below the difference between functional tools and non- functional tools. III. This is a group work. With the tools stored in the shop cabinet, segregate functional from non-functional by type. Arrange them properly. Then, prepare an inventory of these tools. When done, submit the list to your teacher for evaluation and rating. IV. Directions: The name of this game is a Safety Word maze. In this activity you will identify important safety terms. 1. Find out the six hidden words and encircle them. T S C S V S D F G H J K R A D Q U L Z O X C V P M F F U K R E P A I R U A E X A M I N E I O P R C T H L M L T R Y U I P H Y U I P O U A L W E O I N S T R U C T I O N S N I O Y E S M E M J K E E M P A V U O P Z C V B R N V I E H A Z A R D N Y X B I N W S A I H G F L Z A N T Y U O P A A D Activity Sheet 1.2 Activity Sheet 1.3 Activity Sheet 1.4
  • 115. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 114 2. For each of the words found in the box, write a sentence about safety using that word (Example: Safety is everyone’s responsibility). Write your sentences below: If you got in the Wordmaze:  9 or more safety terms and were put in sentences correctly, CONGRATULATIONS! You are already competent on safety shop practices;  7 to 8 safety terms and were put in sentences correctly, you need to study a bit harder;  below 7 safety terms and were put in sentences correctly, you need to review your relevant notes and consult your teacher for some important inputs. I. Activity: Hazards in the workshop In this activity you will learn to identify unsafe practices when using tools and equipment. Recognize the risk involved and suggest safe working practices. The photos below show students involved in unsafe practices in a shop room. Answer the following questions by analyzing each picture: 1. What is the unsafe behavior of the student? 2. What is the possible risk? 3. What should be the correct behavior to avoid injuries or accidents? 1. The unsafe behavior is __________________________________________ The risk to the student or others is __________________________________________ To avoid injury/accident, the student should __________________________________________ __________________________________________ How Do You Extend Your Learning? Find out by accomplishing the Scoring Rubric honestly and sincerely. Remember it is your learning at stake! How Well Did You Perform? Assignment Sheet 1.1
  • 116. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 115 2. The unsafe behavior is __________________________________________ The risk to the student or others is __________________________________________ __________________________________________ To avoid the injury/accident, the student should __________________________________________ 3. The unsafe behavior is __________________________________________ The risk to the student or others is __________________________________________ __________________________________________ To avoid the injury/accident, the student should __________________________________________ 4. The unsafe behavior is __________________________________________ The risk to the student or others is __________________________________________ __________________________________________ To avoid the injury/accident, the student should __________________________________________ 5. The unsafe behavior is __________________________________________ The risk to the student or others is __________________________________________ __________________________________________ To avoid the injury/accident, the student should __________________________________________
  • 117. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 116 II. Risk Assessment Activity 1. Figure 1 Shows clearly a hazardous workspace. 1.1. Encircle three unsafe uses of hand tools and materials. Figure 1. Hazardous workspace 1.2 How could you avoid the three hazards above? Hazard 1 _________________________________________________________ Hazard 2 _________________________________________________________ Hazard 3 _________________________________________________________ 1.3 Discuss the type of injuries that could occur due to the hazards identified. 1.4. In small groups, look at all the potential hazards in Figure 1 and rank them in order of the least dangerous to most dangerous. Your group needs to indicate why they chose this particular order. Assignment Sheet 1.2
  • 118. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 117 . Directions: Choose the letter of the best answer. Write the answer on your answer sheet. 1. Which is the best way to keep the tools in good condition? A. Keep them immediately without cleaning. B. Clean them while they are in the tool cabinet. C. Clean them before storage. D. Place them in a bucket of water. 2. Most handheld masonry tools can be cleaned by___ A. kerosene C. oil B. clean water D. cleaning agent provided by the manufacturer. 3. When do we use muriatic acid in masonry? A. To harden mortar. B. To remove hardened mortar on the tools. C. To get rid off of harmful elements from the mortar. D. To wash off the masonry materials. 4. What is used as preventive maintenance for wooden tools? A. Water C. Linseed oil B. Kerosene D. muriatic acid What Do You Already Know? Perform basic preventive maintenance LEARNING OUTCOME 2  Lubricants are identified according to types of equipment.  Tools and equipment are lubricated according to preventive maintenance schedule or manufacturer’s specifications.  Tools are cleaned and lubricated according to standard procedures.  Defective equipment and tools are inspected and replaced according to manufacturer’s specification.  5. Work place is cleaned and kept in safe state in line with the Occupational Safety Health Center regulations PERFORMANCE STANDARDS Pretest LO 2 Let us determine how much you already know about the use of tools and equipment. Take this test.
  • 119. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 118 5. Why do we have to check hammers frequently for signs of chipping, cracking or unusual signs of defects? A. To assure that there are no missing tools. B. To ensure that they are well classified. C. To ensure that they are in perfect condition. D. To maintain their cost value. 6. What is the best way to prevent tools from rusting? A. Wipe the tools with oil. B. Keep the tools in an air conditioned room. C. Keep them in their boxes always. D. Keep the tools clean and dry in the storage. 7. What is the best way to prevent tools from rusting? A. Wipe the tools with oil. B. Keep the tools in an air conditioned room. C. Keep them in their boxes always. D. Keep the tools clean and dry before and while in the storage. 8. Which is an advantage of the proper use of tools and equipment? A. Accuracy in job/task performance is achieved. B. Shop efficiency is promoted. C. There is high quality of work. D. All of the above. 9. What will happen if mortar is not cleaned off from the tools? A. The mortar will build up and harden. B. The mortar will build up but can be removed too easily. C. The tools cannot anymore be used. D. Just ignore it for it won‟t matter anyway. 10. What do you do when a wooden handle needs to be tightened? A. Ignore it. B. Tie it around with a rope or a tie wire. C. Insert another wedge or immerse the hammer head into the bucket of water overnight. D. Bring it immediately to the carpenter for repair.
  • 120. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 119 Lubricant reduces friction between moving metal surfaces. It coats surfaces and resists being displaced by the pressure, keeping the metal parts separated. Lubricants also prevent corrosion, block contaminants and can serve as a coolant. A good lubricant flows easily under pressure and remains in contact with moving surfaces. Types of Lubricants 1. Oils cover a broad class of fluid lubricants which has particular physical properties and characteristics. Petroleum oils (mineral oils) are made from naphthenic or paraffinic oils. Naphthenic oils contain little wax and their low pour point makes them good lubricants for most applications. Paraffinic oils are very waxy which makes them useful for hydraulic equipment and other machineries. 2. Greases are ideal for lubricating bearings, gaskets, seals and other moving parts. It consists of oil or synthetic fluid (~80%), a thickening agent (~10%) and additives (~10%). The consistency of greases is usually ranked by their relative hardness on a scale set by the National Lubricating Grease Institute (NLGI). The softest greases are rated at 000 (which is a flowing liquid) with higher numbers indicating harder grease. Most grease falls in the range between 1 and 4. 3. Solid lubricants are usually fine powders, such as Molybdenum Disulfide (Moly), graphite and Teflon (PTFE). They can be used alone, or as additives in grease or dispersions, or as dry film bonded lubricants. Lubricating solids can last longer than unfortified oils and greases because of their ability to form burnished films on surfaces. 4. Rust remover is used mainly to dissolve rust. It is also use as an excellent cleaner. For example, to remove a rusted bolt, spray remover directly on the bolt, wait for approximately five minutes and unscrew. For a bicycle chain, apply the rust remover to clean the chain, and then apply a thick lubricant (oil or PL-100). Another useful trick, use it to remove stickers. It works perfectly and won't harm glass or plastic. WD-40 and Release All are two of the many brands of rust removers on the market.  Dry lubricant is a greasy product that dries in a few minutes and leaves a protective film. Since it dries rapidly, it doesn't attract dust, so there is no mess. It is recommended to be used on rubber, car door gaskets, handsaws, mitre saw, saw sliders, window sashes, and others. It can also be used on balky wooden drawers, but cabinet makers usually prefer floor wax because it is more durable. JIG-A-LOO is the common brand of a dry lubricant. What Do You Need To Know? Information Sheet 2.1 Read Information Sheet 1.1 very well then find out how much you can remember and how much you learned by doing Self-check 1.1. BASIC LUBRICATION
  • 121. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 120 Locksmiths also use a dry lubricant, graphite, to free stuck door locks. This product should be applied sparingly into the keyhole, as it is very messy. Graphite lubricant is composed of a fine black powder that no cleaner can remove, so it is wise to protect the door when graphite is applied.  Penetrating lubricant. Its lubricating properties persist even after having removed residues, as it penetrates into metal. It is ideal for door hinges, even the fridge, hard to open pliers, ski bindings and others as it does not hold dirt and dust. The PL-100 is thick and very efficient.  Synthetic lubricants cover a broad category of oils, greases, and pastes of varied properties. Synthetic lubricants are more inert, generate less waste, are capable of a wider range of temperatures and have a longer life than petroleum materials. They are even applicable to elastomers, seals and O-rings.  Synthetic oils are used to lubricate instrument bearings, hydraulics, air compressors, gas and steam turbines and other applications. They have excellent viscosity temperature characteristics, good resistance to oxidation and an extremely wide operating temperature range.  Synthetic greases can last a lifetime, making them very cost-effective. They are chemically inert, and their high thermal stability makes them useful for aerospace, electrical, automotive and other high-tech or industrial applications. Some of these lubricants keep their viscosity in temperatures ranging as high as 550° Fahrenheit and are nonflammable up to 1,200° Fahrenheit.  Silicones are very stable and very inert lubricants, which provide a wider range of operating temperatures than non-silicone synthetic lubricants. Other advantages include water repulsion and electrical insulation. Flourosilicones have higher resistance to harsh environments and the ability to carry bearing loads. Lubricant manufacturers can provide technical data sheets on their products to advise you on the best applications of each type of lubricant. Kinds of Cleaning Solvents Solutions are homogeneous mixture of two or more components; can be gaseous, liquid or solid. When we speak of a solution, we usually think of a solid dissolved in water. While water is the most common solvent, other liquids are frequently employed as solvents for certain substances. The dissolved material in a solution is termed as solute (e.g. wax) while the dissolving medium is called solvent (e.g. gasoline). . Solvent is a component of a solution that dissolves solute and is usually present in large proportion or amount. It can be classified as polar or non-polar. Polar solvents are solvents which dissolve/are soluble in water; while non-polar solvents are solvents which do not dissolve/are insoluble in water. Solvents are usually used for cleaning in automotive shops like water, gasoline, kerosene, thinner and detergent soap. KINDS, USES AND PROPERTIES OF CLEANING SOLVENTS
  • 122. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 121 The table below shows the kinds of cleaning solvent based on their solubility in water. Cleaning Solvents Solubility in Water Polar Nonpolar a. water b. gasoline c. kerosene d. thinner e. detergent soap soluble insoluble insoluble insoluble soluble x x X X x Properties of Cleaning Solvents A useful generalization much quoted is that “Like dissolves like”. More specifically, high solubility occurs when the molecules of the solute are similar in structure and electrical properties to the molecules of the solvent. When there is a similarity of electrical properties (e.g. high dipole element between solute and solvent) the solute-solvent attractions are particularly strong. When there is dissimilarity, solute-solvent attractions are weak. For this reason, a polar substance such as water is a good solvent for a polar substance such as detergent soap and a poor solvent for a non-polar substance such as gasoline. Uses of Cleaning Solvents Cleaning Solvents Uses 1. Gasoline - used to wash oil/greasy tools/ equipment 2. Diesoline - used to wash oil engine, transmission and other parts of the vehicle 3. Kerosene - used to remove dust, grease oil, paint, etc. 4. Thinner - used to remove spilled paint on the floor, walls and tools 5. Soap and water - used to wash/clean upholstered furniture such as seats, tables, cabinets, etc. Occupational Health and Safety Practices in Handling Cleaning Solvents A great percentage of eye injury and cuts results from a disregard for the simplest rules in handling cleaning solvents. You should never use compressed air to clean your clothes, hands or body. The pressure can cause the cleaning solvents and dirt particles to penetrate your skin, resulting in infection and /or blood poisoning. Do not use compressed air to clean an object immediately after it has been removed from a hot cleaning tank. Rinse the cleaning solvents away with water. Do not use carbon tetrachloride as a cleaning solution. The fumes when inhaled can cause serious internal injury and possibly result in death. In steam-cleaning, place the object to be cleaned on a pallet and wear a face shield and rubber gloves for protection against loose debris. If a job or cleaning task requires the use of gloves, use the appropriate gloves. If you have cut, nicked, or burned yourself, or something has got into your eyes, report immediately to the first-aid person. Keep all inflammable cleaning solvents in closed tin containers and whenever possible, store them in a separate area.
  • 123. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 122 Tools and Equipment Maintenance Tools and equipment in the shop are classified into three main types. One type is known as hand tools because your hand supplies the energy to operate them. The other type is called machine or power tools which uses either electricity, compressed air, or hydraulic pressure to make them operate. The last type is referred to as measuring tools. Tips and Techniques The best way to keep the tools in good condition is to just clean them. If you take care of your tools, they last longer, bringing value to the masons. If mortar builds up on the tools and is not cleaned in a timely manner, special cleaners may be needed. Basically, advantages outweigh the disadvantages on the proper usage of tools and equipment. Below are some common advantages: 1. Efficiency of the work 2. High quality of the work 3. Speed of accomplishment 4. Accuracy Water and More  Water is the best cleaning agent for small and larger tools. In most cases, nothing more than water is required to keep the tools in top condition.  If mortar has hardened on the tools, and water is not sufficient to remove it, muriatic acid can be used to clean the tools. This acid can cause damage, so it should be used sparingly and rinsed off thoroughly. Muriatic acid is not safe on aluminum, zinc or stainless steel.  If the mortar sits too long and builds up on the mortarboard, any kind of concrete dissolver will work to clean it.  A non-porous, smooth surface with a concave at the middle portion helps the mortar board to keep water for greater workability.  Masonry mortar does not bond to the working surface. You might get a 1/8-inch thick skim coat, but it is easily removed by knocking the mortarboard on the ground or hitting it with a hammer, noting that if water doesn't completely clean the surface, a heavy-duty cleaner is needed. Preventive Maintenance  Preventive maintenance using preservatives can keep wooden tools in top shape by preventing the wood from splitting.  Linseed oil is recommended for wooden levels and wooden handles. It protects against splitting and spalling when the wooden part gets wet repeatedly due to constant use.  However, some metal tools like trowels are prone to rust. But if they are used almost everyday, rust and other unwanted elements will wear off naturally which keeps them clean always. Routine Service for Handhelds  If a hammer handle becomes loose, it should be replaced immediately. The hammers should be sharpened by a blacksmith and never through a grinder since the temper of the hammer is lost through grinding.  Good maintenance of your carbide chisels lets you cut faster and accurately. However, improper grinding can damage the carbide and cause tool failure. Never
  • 124. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 123 forget to grind the shank end or strike the head frequently to maintain the correct shape for safer performance.  If you need to tighten up a wooden handle, insert another wedge into the end of the handle or immerse the hammer head into a bucket of water overnight to expand the wood.  For striking tools with carbide tips, storing properly is important. Extra care must be exercised not to strike carbide tools against each other since this may break the carbide into pieces. Maintain and Service Motorized Product Frequently used equipment also needs a squirt of grease. They require minimum and periodic maintenance. You have to change the engine oil occasionally . Tire pressure should be checked regularly for safety reason as well for prolonging their lifespan. Directions: Choose the letter of the best answer. Write the answer on your answer sheet. 1. Which is the best way to keep the tools in good condition? A. Keep them immediately without cleaning. B. Clean them while they are in the tool cabinet. C. Clean them before storage. D. Place them in a bucket of water. 2. Most handheld masonry tools can be cleaned by___ A. Kerosene C. Oil B. clean water D. Cleaning agent provided by the manufacturer 3. When do we use the muriatic acid in masonry? A. To harden up mortar. B. To remove hardened mortar on the tools. C. To get rid off of harmful elements from the mortar. D. To wash off the masonry materials. 4. What is used as preventive maintenance for wooden tools? A. Water C. Linseed oil B. Kerosene D. muriatic acid 5. Why do we have to check frequently the hammers for signs of chipping, cracking or unusual signs of defects? A. To assure that there are no missing tools. B. To ensure that they are well classified. C. To ensure that they are in perfect condition. D. To maintain their price value How Much Have You Learned? Self-Check 2.1
  • 125. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 124 6. What is the best way to lubricate the tools? A. Wipe the tools with oil. B. Keep the tools in an air conditioned room. C. Keep them in their boxes always. D. Keep the tools clean and dry before and while in the storage. 7. What is the best way to prevent tools from rusting? A. Wipe the tools with oil. B. Keep the tools in an air conditioned room. C. Keep them in their boxes always. D. Keep the tools clean and dry before and while in the storage. 8. Which is an advantage of the proper use of tools and equipment? A. Accuracy in job/task performance is achieved. B. Shop efficiency is promoted. C. There is high quality of work. D. All of the above. 9. What will happen if mortar is not cleaned off from the tools? A. The mortar will build up and harden. B. The mortar will build up but can be removed too easily. C. The tools cannot anymore be used. D. Just ignore it for it won‟t matter anyway. 10. What do you do when a wooden handle needs to tighten up? A. Ignore it because that is a useless case. B. Tie it around either with a rope or tie wire. C. Insert another wedge or immerse the hammer head into the bucket with water overnight. D. Bring it immediately to the carpenter for repair. I. Describe the following and explain their appropriate uses: 1. Lubricant 2. Petroleum oils 3. Naphthenic oils 4. Paraffinic oils 5. Rust remover 6. Solvents 7. Solute 8. Silicones 9. Synthetic oils 10. Synthetic greases II. Identify five (5) different tools. List down specific preventive maintenance tasks for each of these tools. Show that you learned something by doing this activity. Refer to the Answer Key. What is your score? HowDo YouApplyWhatYou HaveLearned? Activity Sheet 2.1
  • 126. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 127 III. Perform a preventive maintenance for tools/equipment and in the workplace. This is a group activity. A. Bring cleaning solvents, rags, brooms, air compressor, washing pan and safety apparel. B. Clean tools and work area and observing Occupational Health and Safety practices. Procedure: A. Tools 1. Wear protective clothing and goggles. 2. Gather the tools to be cleaned in the designated area for cleaning. 3. Classify the tools to be cleaned according to their condition. 4. Measure and pour enough amount of cleaning solvent to the washing pan. 5. Place the tools in the washing pan. 6. Use paint brush to remove the dirt from the tools. 7. Get the tools from the washing pan and wipe them with rags until dry. 8. Clean and keep all materials used for cleaning. B. Work Area 1. Wear protective clothing and goggles. 2. If dirt like paint, used oil, grease, and rust stick to the floor, use appropriate cleaning solvent to remove it. 3. Use the air compressor to dry the floor and the broom in cleaning the remaining dirt in the work area. Job Sheet 2.1
  • 127. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 128 Assessment: You will be assessed based on the performance criteria listed below: PERFORMANCE CRITERIA PERFORMANCE LEVEL YES NO NA 1. Were protective clothing and goggles worn at all times? 2. Were tools and equipment free of dust, grease, oil and other substances? 3. Was the work area dry, free of dust, grease and other substances? 4. Were excess cleaning substances cleaned and kept in proper places? Overall Performance Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Student’s name: __________________________ Teacher’s comment: ___________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________ Directions: Visit a shop of your choice. Find out from the shop owner or worker how preventive maintenance of tools and equipment is done. Also, find out the problems met in implementing this mandatory requirement. How Do You Extend Your Learning? Find out by accomplishing the Scoring Rubric honestly and sincerely. Remember it is your learning at stake! How Well Did You Perform? Assignment Sheet 2.1
  • 128. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 129 Directions: Choose the letter of the best answer. Write the answer on your answer sheet. 1. Which was created by virtue of Executive Order No. 307, on Nov. 1987? A. Department of Labor and Employment B. Office of the President C. Department of Public Works and Highways D. Occupational Safety and Health Center 2. Which is the mandate of this agency? A. Protect the Filipino workers against accidents and illnesses. B. Let the workers choose their own type of job. C. Help the employers gain profits from their business. D. Protect the right of the employers. 3. It is a detailed list of all the items in stock. A. Delivery Receipt C. Inventory B. List of Merchandise D. Directory 4. Which statement is true? A. Create a sign out sheet for all shop tools. B. Conduct an audit for long-term jobs. C. Restrict shop tool access to one individual. D. All of the above. What Do You Already Know? Store tools and equipment LEARNING OUTCOME 3  Inventory of tools, instruments, and equipment are conducted and recorded as per company practices.  Tools and equipment are stored safely in accordance with manufacturer’s specifications or company procedures. PERFORMANCE STANDARDS Let us determine how much you already know about storing tools and equipment. Take this test. Pretest LO 1
  • 129. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 130 5. Its advantage is to find out whether tools and equipment are complete, in of good quality. A. Delivery receipt C. Inventory B. List of merchandise D. Directory STORE TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT A. Tools and Equipment Inventory Some companies often spend more time in tracking and managing their inventory. Others --- such as manufacturers, producers and construction companies --- may use specific equipment for specific jobs. This creates a difficult situation of attempting to manage inventory at multiple job locations. Business owners and managers typically create systems or processes that employees must follow when using the company's shop tools. Depending on the type of company, owners or managers may require employees to use own tools for certain jobs. For example, construction companies may require employees to have their own items such as a hammer, painting equipment or welding supplies. This reduces inventory management. Whatever is the type of company or shop, inventory taking is very important. On this context, inventory is defined as a detailed list of all the items in stock. Reason for Maintaining Tools and Equipment Inventory The most important point to consider is to purchase top-grade tools. They must be made of high-quality steel and manufactured for precision. Special consideration is given to balance so that the tool/equipment will be properly maintained and prevent loses. Since the technician must work with his tools daily, regular inventory of tools/equipment is very important. The initial cost of a minimum number of tools is high but there is accompanying warranties and guarantees satisfaction and many years of service. It is better, in the long run, to start with a few carefully selected tools that will take care of your most common needs and then gradually build-up to a complete set. It is sometimes hard to identify and memorize the huge number of tools and equipment in the workshop, maintaining the inventory record is of great value. What Do You Need To Know? Read Information Sheet 3.1 very well then find out how much you can remember and how much you learned by doing Self-check 3.1. Information Sheet 3.1
  • 130. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 131 Points to Consider  Create a sign out sheet for all shop tools. Companies can use a sign out sheet where employees must fill up with specific information relating to the inventory item and specific job use. This allows business owners and managers to know where each tool is located at all times.  Conduct an audit for long-term jobs. Shop tools left at working place for long periods may require a manager to verify that the tool is still on the job site. A manager can visit the site unannounced and review the sign out sheet against all tools on the job.  Restrict shop tool access to one individual. This allows companies to have one person on each job responsible for checking out, or in, various shop tools. Companies can require this individual to be a manager or foreman.  Use a barcode system to track inventory. Companies can place barcode labels on each shop tool and require employees to electronically scan each tool when using them at different job sites. This creates an electronic record and can allow real-time reporting of tool use.
  • 131. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 132 Directions: Choose the letter of the best answer. Write the answer on your answer sheet. 1. Which was created by virtue of Executive Order No. 307, on Nov. 1987? A. Department of Labor and Employment B. Office of the President C. Department of Public Works and Highways D. Occupational Safety and Health Center 2. Which is the mandate of this agency? A. Protect the Filipino workers against accidents and illnesses. B. Let the workers choose their own type of job. C. Help the employers gain profits from their business. D. Protect the right of the employers. 3. It is a detailed list of all the items in stock. A. Delivery Receipt C. Inventory B. List of Merchandise D. Directory 4. Which statement is true? A. Create a sign out sheet for all shop tools. B. Conduct an audit for long-term jobs. C. Restrict shop tool access to one individual. D. All of the above. 5. One advantage of this system is to find out whether tools and equipment are complete, in proper quality, and quantity. A. A. Delivery Receipt C. Inventory B. List of Merchandise D. Directory I. This is a work group. 1. Conduct a 15-minute buzz session to come up with your own inventory system as if you own a shop. 2. Then, prepare your output on butcher‟s papers for presentation to and discussion with the entire class. Refer to the Answer Key. What is your score? How Much Have You Learned? Self-Check 3.1 HowDo YouApplyWhatYou HaveLearned? Activity Sheet 3.1
  • 132. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 133 II. Conduct a 10-minute inventory of tools and equipment in the shop using the group‟s inventory form. The main considerations of this inventory are: 1. Total tools and equipment on hand according to type. 2. Checking missing tools against the memorandum receipt . 3. Quantity of damaged tools and equipment and your appropriate recommendations. Procedure: 1. Prepare the form. 2. Secure the memorandum receipt from the teacher to check for missing or losses against your inventory. 3. Record your findings in the inventory form. 4. Give your appropriate recommendations for damaged tools and equipment identified. Rubric to be used for assessment PERFORMANCE CRITERIA PERFORMANCE LEVEL YES NO NA 1. Were the Record Book and the Inventory Form secured from your trainer before starting the performance of task? 2. Were all tools of different sizes, conditions and quantities checked and recorded in the inventory form? 3. Were all equipment of different ratings/capacities, conditions and quantities checked and recorded in the inventory form? 4. Were damaged/lost tools/equipment identified and recorded? 5. Were repair recommendations made for the damaged but repairable tools/equipment? 6. Were reports on damaged tools/equipment submitted and accurate? Overall Performance Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Student‟s name: __________________________ Teacher‟s comment: ___________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________ Find out by accomplishing the Scoring Rubric honestly and sincerely. Remember it is your learning at stake! How Well Did You Perform? Job Sheet 3.1
  • 133. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 134 This is a group work. Prepare for a 10-minute panel discussion on OSHC pertinent regulations for construction workers. Below is the rubric to be used for the group performance: Symbols and Meaning: ___+ Consistently ___ Usually ___- Seldom Knowledge: ____ The group used research to advance arguments and defend positions. ____ Research was effectively applied to arguments. Understanding: ____ The group demonstrates understanding of the issue. ____ The group presented key points. ____ The group presented original ideas. ____ The group was able to use examples or analogies to defend an argument. ____ The group demonstrated empathy for the cause he or she represented. ____ The group showed respect for others’ opinions. Communication: ____ The group was logical in presenting arguments. ____ The group was able to communicate effectively and clearly. ____ The group incorporated key terminology/vocabulary. Participation: ____ The student contributed to the discussion. ____ The student tended to dominate a discussion, thereby hindering others’ participation. For group evaluation: ____ All students participated in the discussion. ____ Students within the group tended to dominate discussion within the group, hindering other group members’ participation? How Do You Extend Your Learning? Assignment Sheet 3.1
  • 134. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 135 Congratulations! You did a great job! LO 1  Dajac, A. B., (2012). Handout in Masonry.  http://www.businesslink.gov.uk/bdotg/action/layer?topicId=107 4425195  http://www.hse.gov.uk/pubns/indg229.pdf  http://www.osha.gov/doc/outreachtraining/htmlfiles/tools.html  http://masonrymagazine.com/11-07/tools.html  http://www.masonryforlife.com/HowToBasics.htm  http://masonrymagazine.com/3-08/safety.html  http://www.cdxetextbook.com/toolsEquip/hpt/toolsEquip/cleani ng.html  http://www.reliableplant.com/Read/5510/hand-tools-safety  http://www.commerce.wa.gov.au/worksafe/PDF/Codes_of_Practi ce/Code_concrete_masonr.pdf  http://www.businesslink.gov.uk/bdotg/action/detail?itemId=107 4426995&r.l1=1073858799&r.l2=1087350927&r.l3=1074425195 &r.s=sc&type=RESOURCES  http://sourcing.indiamart.com/engineering/hand-tools/  http://www.curriculumsupport.education.nsw.gov.au/secondary /technology/safety/student_activities/index.htm  http://www.isbe.net/career/pdf/IT_C2-1.pdf LO 2  Institute of Integrated Electrical Engineers of the Philippines Incorporated. Philippine Electrical Code of 1992.  Fajardo Jr. M. B. & Fajardo, L.R. Electrical Layout and Estimate, 2nd Edition.  Azares, E. F. and Recana, C. B. (1999). Practical Electricity III: Adriana Publishing.  www.thefabricator.com/Safety/Safety_Article.cfm?ID=1095 LO3  http://www.wisegeek.com/what-is-inventory.htm  http://www.ehow.com/how_6911205_inventory-shop-tools-job.html  http://topics.wisegeek.com/topics/inventory.htm#  http://www.reliableplant.com/Read/1622/control-power-tools  http://www.oshc.dole.gov.ph/123/  http://www.spartans.spa.edu/ REFERENCES
  • 135. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 136 ANSWER KEYS: What do you already know? Lesson 1 LO1 1. B 2. D 3. C 4. C 5. D 6. C 7. D 8. D 9. D 10. D LO2 1. B 2. C 3. A 4. B 5. D LO3 1. D 2. D 3. C 4. C 5. D Lesson 2 LO1 1. D 2. D 3. C 4. D 5. D 6. A 7. B 8. D 9. D 10. C LO2 1. C 2. D 3. C 4. D 5. B 6. B 7. A 8. B 9. B 10. D
  • 136. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 137 Lesson 3 LO1 1. C 2. D 3. B 4. A 5. D 6. A 7. B 8. B 9. A 10. D LO2 1. A 2. A 3. D 4. B 5. C 6. A 7. C 8. B 9. C 10. C LO3 1. D 2. D 3. B 4. B 5. D Lesson 4 LO 1 1. D 2. C 3. D 4. A 5. B LO 2 1. D 2. D 3. A 4. B 5. D
  • 137. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 138 Lesson 5 LO 1 1. C 2. D 3. C 4. A 5. B 6. B 7. C 8. C 9. D 10. D LO2 1. C 2. B 3. B 4. C 5. C. 6. D 7. D 8. D 9. A 10. C LO3 1. D 2. A 3. C 4. D 5. C How much have you learned? Lesson 1 LO1 1. B 2. D 3. C 4. C 5. D 6. C 7. D 8. D 9. D 10. D
  • 138. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 139 LO2 1. B 2. C 3. A 4. B 5. D LO3 1. D 2. D 3. C 4. C 5. D Lesson 2 LO1 1. C 2. D 3. C 4. D 5. B 6. B 7. A 8. B 9. B 10. C LO2 1. D 2. D 3. C 4. D 5. D 6. A 7. B 8. D 9. D 10. D Lesson 3 LO1 1. C 2. D 3. B 4. A 5. D 6. A 7. B 8. B 9. A 10. D
  • 139. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 140 LO2 1. Installation Manual 2. Troubleshooting 3. Assembly Instruction 4. Product Specification 5. Safety Instruction LO3 1. D 2. D 3. B 4. B 5. D Lesson 4 LO1 1. D 2. C 3. D 4. A 5. B LO2 I. 1.Cube 2. Cylinder 3. Sphere 4. Hexagon II. 1. Use of level hose 2. Plumb bob 3. Spirit level 4. Measuring tape 5. Plywood ¼ thick 6. Framing square Lesson 5 LO1 1. B 2. D 3. C 4. D 5. D 6. D 7. D 8. A 9. B 10. D
  • 140. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 141 LO2 1. C 2. B 3. B 4. C 5. C 6. D 7. D 8. D 9. A 10.C LO3 1. D 2. A 3. C 4. D 5. C
  • 141. MASONRY K to 12 – Technology and Livelihood Education 142 Acknowledgement This Learning Module was developed for the Exploratory Courses in Technology and Livelihood Education, Grades 7 and 8 of the K to 12 Curriculum with the assistance of the following persons: This Learning Module on Masonry was developed by the following personnel: MODULE WRITERS DANTE REYES SANTELICES Head Teacher VI Camarines Sur National High School City of Naga REVIEWERS GIL P. CASUGA Chief TESD Specialist REYNALDO S. DANTES Senior TESD Specialist BERNADETTE S. AUDIJE Senior TESD Specialist MARIA A. ROQUE Senior TESD Specialist AIDA T. GALURA VSA II, ACNTS VICTORIO N. MEDRANO Principal IV, SPRCNHS PARALUMAN R. GIRON, Ed.D. Chair, Sub-TWG on K to 10 BRENDA B. CORPUZ, Ph.D. TA for K to 12 Curriculum OFELIA O. FLOJO Retired Assistant Chief, EED, Region IV-A DR. RODERICK MOTRIL AGUIRRE Preschool and Language Consultant BEATRIZ A. ADRIANO Principal IV, ERVHS DOMINGA CAROLINA F. CHAVEZ Principal II, MBHS DOCUMENTORS / SECRETARIAT PRISCILLA E. ONG K to 12 Secretariat FREDERICK G. DEL ROSARIO Head Teacher III, BNAHS EMMANUEL V. DIONISIO Head Teacher III, AFGBMTS LYMWEL P. LOPEZ Teacher I, AFGBMTS DANTE D. VERMON JR. Teacher I, AFGBMTS CHERLYN F. DE LUNA Teacher I, AFGBMTS LOUIE B. ANGELES Teacher I, BNAHS JOANNA LISA C. CARPIO Teacher I, , BNAHS Dir. IMELDA B. TAGANAS Executive Director, Qualifications Standards Office K to 12 Learning Area Team Convenor, TLE/TVE